Home

Mercedes Benz 2006 CLS 500 User's Manual

1. If the message Distronic Currently unavailable See Operator s Manual disappears during driving and the last speed stored flashes for approximately 5 seconds the dirt e g slush has dis solved Distronic works again Controls in detail Driving systems Turns and bends Offset driving Lane changing P54 70 2213 31 P54 70 22714 31 P54 70 22715 31 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle a moving vehicle in front or it may detect from your direct line of travel may not be changing lanes There will be insufficient one too soon This may cause your vehicle detected by Distronic There will be insuffi distance to the lane changing vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly cient distance to the vehicle ahead Controls in detail Driving systems Narrow vehicles P54 70 22716 31 Because of their narrow profile the vehi cles traveling near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by Distronic There will be insufficient dis tance to the vehicles ahead Airmatic DC Dual Control Airmatic automatically selects the opti mum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle The Airmatic consists of two components e Adaptive Damping System ADS e Vehicle level control The ADS automatically selects the opti mum damping for the respective driving conditions At the same time the
2. Operation At the gas station Refueling gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Open the fuel filler flap by pushing at the point indicated by the arrow Q Warning Gasoline fuel is highly flammable and poi sonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline fuel avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials y i gt Take off the cap and set it in direction Never allow sparks flame or smoking mate Q To open the fuel filler flap of arrow 2 in the recess 3 on the fuel rials near gasoline fuel Fuel filler cap filler flap The fuel filler flap springs open gt Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure is released oe i 3 To insert the fuel filler cap To prevent fuel vapors from escaping The fuel filler flap is located on the into open air fully insert filler nozzle gt Turn the engine off right hand side of the vehicle towards the unit i i i i e by turning the SmartKey t PedtUeiine URIs me vOICe we ene ee gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle the remote control automatically p unit cuts out do not top up or over locks unlocks the fuel filler flap e by pressing the KEYLESS GO fill start stop button Open the driv er s door with the driver s door open starter switch is now in position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch Warning A
3. Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control i Deactivating Regardless of the selected air volume Press button BEY gt page 198 again the blower operates at low speed REST in the display gt page 198 goes out ab How long the system will provide heat ing depends on The residual heat is automatically turned off e the coolant temperature when the ignition is switched on e the temperature set by the operator after about 30 minutes The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribution e if the battery voltage drops control setting e if the coolant temperature is too low Activating gt Switch off the ignition gt Press button BEY gt page 198 REST in the display gt page 198 comes on Rear air conditioning The rear climate control is adjusted via the front climate control panel gt page 198 or gt page 199 or the rear climate control panel The rear climate control panel is located in the rear center console QlOl Slee Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right rear center air vent Temperature rocker switch right Display Temperature rocker switch left Thumbwheel for air volume control for left rear center air vent Setting the temperature Use temperature control rocker switches and to separately adjust the air temperatu
4. A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position 2 and hold it in this If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with If you are unable to unlock the trunk with KEYLESS GO do the following ition the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO open the Eee Close th d d th trunk with the mechanical key gt Pull trunk handle and lift the trunk lid an Teese eget oe The handle is located above the rear gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to ieee i lat ition and rem it gt Press the central locking switch in the icense plate recess positio emove it cockpit gt page 123 Eg gt Check to see whether the locking Always make sure there is sufficient knobs on the passenger doors have overhead clearance moved down If necessary push them down manually Remove the mechanical key 2 out of the SmartKey gt page 402 Check whether the trunk is locked P8 0 270 2771 31 Lock If necessary lock the trunk with the Q Locking mechanical key gt page 121 2 Unlocking Except for the driver s door the vehicle should now be locked gt gt Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency 1 Locking gt Insert the mechanical key into the driv er s door lock until it stops Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 1 The driver s door is locked Fa i Sa 7 X WoT
5. 2 3 CH 33 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2231 31 1 SAT mode and preset number 2 Setting for station selection using memory 3 Channel name or number gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly until the desired channel is found Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satel lite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Operate the CD player gt Turn on COMAND and select the CD player Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the CD currently being played are shown in the multi function display 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2129 31 C Current CD CD 1 through CD 6 for CD changer 2 Current track gt Press button BV or EAN repeatedly until the desired track is selected To select a CD from the magazine press a number on the COMAND system key pad located in the center console NAV menu The NAVmenu contains the functions need ed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the message NAV in the multifunction display e If COMAND is switched off the mes sage NAV off is shown in the multifunc tion display e With COMAND switched on but route guidance not a
6. Warning A N No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see infor mation about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warn ing indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Switching on the ignition causes all instrument cluster lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated as well as the multifunction dis play to come on Make sure the lamps and multifunction display are in work ing order before starting your journey On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may ap pear in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are divided into two sections e Text messages gt page 365 e Symbol messages gt page 373 Text messages Display message ABS Malfunction Visit workshop Display malfunction Visit workshop Cruise Drive to workshop control Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution The ABS has detected a malfunction gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels and has switched off
7. gt Press and hold button for at least 1 second Deactivating gt Press button Q again or gt Insert SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Safety and Security Driving safety systems In this section you will find information on the following driving safety systems In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the ABS the BAS the ESP and electro hydraulic brake sys tem is only achieved with winter tires gt page 336 or snow chains as re quired ABS Antilock Brake System BAS Brake Assist System ESP Electronic Stability Program Electro hydraulic brake system Warning A The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The ABS BAS ESP and electro hydraulic brake system cannot reduce this risk Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions ABS A Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness Warning The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This al
8. Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle C Safety and Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety and security features of your vehicle ETN Controls in detail Here you will find detailed information about the equipment installed in your vehi cle This section expands on the Getting started section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you E Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle EE E Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter a Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section el Indexes The glossary provides explanations of the most important technical terms The table of contents and the index are designed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operators Manual e the Maintenance Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Y Symbols Trademarks ESP is a
9. M Main Dimensions 459 Maintenance 12 Calling up the service indicator Clearing service indicator 340 FSS PLUS Canada vehicles 339 Maintenance System U S vehicles 339 Messages in display 392 Service indicator 339 Service term exceeded 340 Maintenance service Resetting maintenance service indicator 341 Maintenance service indicator message 339 Maintenance System U S vehicles 339 475 Manual headlamp mode 135 Manual operations Unlocking the drivers door 402 Unlocking the trunk lid 403 Manual shift program CLS 55 AMG Deactivating 190 Massage function 128 Maximum load rating 333 488 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 333 Maximum tire inflation pressure 333 Mechanical key 402 Memory function 131 475 Storing exterior rear view mirror parking positions 133 Storing SmartKey dependent settings 132 Memory function Recalling positions from memory 132 Menus AUDIO 153 Distronic 155 230 In control system 150 151 Standard display 153 Submenus 149 TEL 172 Trip computer 171 Vehicle status message memory Messages Displaying 156 Microphone Hands free 29 Mirrors Adjusting 44 Auto dimming 191 156 Exterior rear view mirror 44 Exterior rear view mirror parking positions 169 192 Interior rear view mirror 44 Storing exterior mirror parking position 133 MOExtended system 321 429 MOExtended tires 456 MON 291 MON Motor Octane Number 475 Multicontour seat 126 Multifunction display 147
10. Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat back and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 46 Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being ad justed Warning VAN When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the power seats can be operated when the respective door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Warning A N According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rea
11. e Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to make sure that the engine can be started and the electro hydraulic brake system will be fully operational even at low ambient temperatures e Tire change Winter tires Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and The Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the ABS ESP and electro hydraulic brake system in winter operation For safe handling make sure that all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design A Winter tires with a tread depth of less than We in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Warning Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your ve hicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such notices are available at your tire d
12. gt Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt After refuelling start turn off and re start the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked Problem lt The red coolant warning lamp comes on when the engine is running lt The red coolant warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving A Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to Warning Possible cause consequence There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir If this warning lamp comes on frequently there is a leak in the cooling system If the coolant level is correct the electric radiator fan may be broken The coolant temperature has exceeded 266 F 130 C You are too close to the vehicle in front of you to maintain selected speed catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt M Immediately add coolant to prevent engine from overheating gt page 297 Have the cooling system checked If the coolant temperature is below 266 F 130 C yo
13. or SH button to the Convenience submenu Press button J or Ref repeatedly until you see Function Easy entry feature in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Function Easy entry feature Z E off a 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 3326 31 Press button or E to switch Function Easy entry feature on or off Controls in detail Control system Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror Use the Mirror adjustment parking aid function to select whether the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror should be turned downward during parking maneu vers when reverse gear R is engaged For additional information see Activating ex terior rear view mirror parking position gt page 192 gt Move the selection marker to the Convenience submenu using the or E button gt Press button EN or Keg repeatedly until you see Mirror adjustment park ing aidin the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt D Controls in detail Control system gt D Adjusting the dynamic seat The following settings are available Mirror adjust ment parking aid The function dynamic seat adjustment lets Weak Comfort Less lateral sup Z a you determine the way the seat adjusts port and slow air pressure off ae or while driving build up in the air cham 7 143 8 MI gt s4apg0e14 gt Move the selection marker with the bers
14. 4 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2277B 31 1 Distance driven since start 2 Time elapsed since start 3 Average speed since start 4 Average fuel consumption since start Fuel consumption since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button JM or eg repeatedly until you see After reset in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system After reset Or30h 29M1 38mph _ 3 18 4mpq 72 F 149 3 MI P54 32 2277 31 1 Distance driven since last reset 2 Time elapsed since last reset 3 Average speed since last reset 4 Average fuel consumption since last reset All statistics stored since the last en gine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the start er switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 with in this time period Controls in detail Control system Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu Press button EN or Ref repeatedly until you see the reading that you want to reset in the multifunction display Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 24 until the value is reset to 0 Distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly
15. Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Practical hints Jump starting Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the bat tery of another vehicle Observe the follow ing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump start ing with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Use only jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps Practical hints Jump starting e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when the engine is started or running A Keep flames or
16. High beam bulb high beam flasher bulb halogen headlamps high beam flasher bulb Bi Xenon headlamps gt Turn housing cover 2 counterclock wise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder with the bulb coun terclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb at its socket out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb so that its socket locates in the recess of bulb holder and is level to it gt Reinsert bulb holder with the bulb in the lamp and turn clockwise gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it clockwise Front turn signal lamp bulb gt Turn bulb socket with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Press gently onto the bulb and turn counterclockwise out of bulb socket 8 gt Press the new bulb gently into bulb socket 3 and turn clockwise until it engages gt Place bulb socket 3 back into the lamp and turn it clockwise Practical hints Replacing bulbs Parking and standing lamp bulb gt Turn housing cover 2 counterclock wise and remove it Pull out bulb socket G with the bulb Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket Press the new bulb into bulb socket G Press bulb socket back into the lamp v v vy iv gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it clockwise Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs for rear lamps Tail lamp unit The tail lamps are equipped with HiP bulbs Warning A N The bulbs in the tail lamps cannot be re
17. M C S CLS 55 AMG only gt page 187 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 180 e the vehicle speed Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission 149 5 D 26753 M1 BPE 1 Current gear range gear selector lever position 2 Current program mode The current gear range gear selector lever position and program mode C S or M C S appear in the multifunction display An additional indication of the current gear selector lever position can be found on the cover of the shifting gate The indicators come on when you activate a switch e g unlocking the vehicle or opening a door and go out after approxi mately 15 minutes A It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Warning Controls in detail Automatic transmission Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfac
18. Operator s Manual CLS Class Order No 6515 1417 13 Part No 219 584 40 82 USA Edition C 2006 Operator s Manual CLS Class S Mercedes Benz CLS 500 CLS 55 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure as well as your and your passengers safe ty we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to assist you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company Introduction ccccccsceecscscecees Product information ccceceecsceeees Operators Manual ccccsseeeeceeeees Service and warranty information Important notice for Ca
19. The electrical air pump is located under the luggage bowl 8 Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack ona level surface Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Practical hints Where will I find The vehicle jack is located in the storage compartment underneath the trunk floor P40_ 10 3960 31 Storage position gt Remove vehicle jack from its compartment gt Turn crank handle in direction of arrow as far as it will go P40 10 3885 31 Operational position gt Turn crank handle clockwise Before storing the vehicle jack in its com partment e t should be fully collapsed e The handle must be folded in storage position Setting up the collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to additionally secure the vehicle e g while changing the wheel P40 10 2776 31 1 Tilt the plate upward 2 Fold the lower plate outward 3 Insert the plate Tilt both plates upward 1 Fold the lower plate outward 2 Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way into the openings of the base plate 3 Luggage box Remove luggage box 1 Fastening clip 2 Luggage box gt Turn fastening clips C
20. gt Press and hold the lock button Q at an outside door handle until the windows the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed gt Release the lock button at the out side door handle to interrupt proce dure Warning A N When closing the windows and the tilt slid ing sunroof make sure that there is no dan ger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as fol lows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button E To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure press and hold button eg Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button gt page 62 on the exterior driver s door handle to stop the closing procedure e Pull on the exterior driver s door handle and hold firmly The side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened Y Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof With the sunroof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the sunroof opening to guard against sun rays When sliding the sunroof open the screen will also retract The tilt sliding sunroof can be opened and closed electrically The switch for the tilt sliding sunroof is on the overhead control panel or I 2 PY 7 00 2245 31
21. gt page 62 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle P54 25 4637 31 7 K PE r N ee N KEYLESS GO start stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress accelerator The selector lever lock is released gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button Q once The engine starts if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in the vehicle Starting difficulties If the engine does not start as described carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 and repeat starting procedure gt If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detec tion of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Or Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Repeat the starting procedure gt page 49 Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery gt Get a jump start gt page 435 If the engine does not start after several starting attempts there could be a mal function in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Parking brake P42 20 2244 31 1 Release handle 2 Parking brake p
22. tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Warning Operation Tires and wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance 1 Treadwear 2 Traction 3 Temperature resistance For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 ve times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depend
23. 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid The switch is located on the driver s door p F lt paR 7 4 4 hi d P f d lt al M S i Fi i ee S PBO 20 2716 31 Mg i Remote trunk lid switch with indicator lamp vehicles with trunk open ing closing system gt Pull remote trunk lid switch Q until the trunk begins to open C Remote trunk lid switch with indicator lamp d The trunk opens The indicator lamp in the switch comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed P80 20 27 17 31 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking The trunk lid swings open upwards automatically Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press or pull remote trunk lid switch Q The trunk can also be opened using the button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk emergency release gt page 120 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk Closing the trunk from the inside automatically In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk from the in side using the remote trunk lid switch gt Press remote trunk lid switch gt page 113 until the indicator lamp in the switch goes out and the trunk is closed To interrupt the closing procedure gt
24. 251 27 36 42 00000 At a glance Item Headlamp washer button Parking brake pedal Hood lock release Parking brake release Exterior lamp switch Door control panel Cockpit Page 191 51 59 293 51 134 32 a Instrument cluster P54 32 2873 31 Qoe 6G Item EE Left turn signal indicator lamp ABS ESP warning lamp Speedometer Multifunction display Distance warning lamp Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without func tion It illuminates with the ignition on It should go out when the engine is running BW Right turn signal indicator lamp Coolant temperature indi cator with Coolant temperature warning lamp Page 353 147 357 357 Item Tachometer with EJ Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Antilock Brake Sys tem ABS indicator lamp fae Seat belt telltale E High beam headlamp indicator lamp 9 Main odometer with e Selector lever position e Program mode Clock with Brake warning lamp USA only g Brake warning lamp Canada only Page 359 352 358 138 49 182 162 354 354 At a glance Instrument cluster Item Engine malfunction indicator lamp USA only Engine malfunction indicator lamp Cana da only Combination low tire pressure TPMS mal function telltale Canada only QD Fuel display with E Fuel reserve warning lamp Button for e Resetting trip odome
25. Airmatic DC Dual Control 238 Parktronic system PArKING assist acin 242 EO ACMI S ees haca tech ne aacocsanae 246 ROOT TACK aorto e een ieee bs 246 Loading instructions 008 247 Ski sack Canada only 247 Cargo tie down hooks 66 250 Useful features cecceccsseeeeceeeeeeeees 251 AALS At the gas station eeeeeeee 290 Storage compartments 05 251 Operati n scssi 277 REUEN E sea usedsatchurtaccuscusemmamneesn 290 Cup OIG SIS soc csevstensodcnscsessesnteonass 255 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 278 Check regularly and before a PS AS ET 257 Driving instructions 279 LOWE U ante cresecscteresenacamarateenseces 291 Cigarette lighter cceseeeeees 258 Drive sensibly save fuel 279 Engine compartment c ccccee 293 Power OULICD cise trcstenososaceneinene 259 Drinking ANd driving ceeecereee 279 FIO OG aea sept semutersaseewnaes 293 FONG 6 eessen 260 POOGIS sastnp tive seapizenentaatonrsameraateraans 279 EIS Oilersia 294 Telephone sareni 260 POWET ASSISTANCE ussssirorrirreienieness 280 Transmission fluid level 297 Te a 261 BIAK ES cssavaceviasasancanenaantaavesdianeranns 280 Coolant EVE les sicasncsvtotivansaseiverent 297 Garage door opener ccceee 270 DAAE ON aerieni 282 Battery rrcnrninseenka a 299 Pal ICUS we sustoaran os anesooineteoneveenteraeeians 282 Windshield washer system and WMS S E A AT
26. Identification labels 2 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 1 Certification label includes Paintwork code 3 Emission control information label in cludes both federal and California cer tification exhaust emission standards 4 Vacuum line routing diagram label Vehicle Identification Number VIN lower edge of windshield 6 Engine number engraved on engine When ordering parts please specify ve hicle identification and engine num bers Vv Layout of poly V belt drive CLS 500 6 5 4 P13 22 2040 31 Q Automatic belt tensioner 2 Power steering pump 3 Air conditioning compressor 4 Crankshaft Coolant pump 6 Generator alternator 7 Idler pulley Ye RG O Technical data Layout of poly V belt drive CLS 55 AMG 3 P13 21 2020 31 The CLS 55 AMG has two poly V belts belt one shown in purple belt two shown in black 1 Idler pulley 2 Automatic belt tensioner 3 Power steering pump 4 Air conditioning compressor Crankshaft 6 Coolant pump 7 Generator alternator Idler pulley 9 Automatic belt tensioner Super charger Technical data Engine Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt CLS 500 219 375 M113 4 st
27. Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The Certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle PO1 00 2613 31 1 Driver s door B pillar Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the two placards with regards to loading your vehi cle Tire and Loading Information A Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Warning Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B Operation Tires and wheels Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Load lim it data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illus trations below Refer to placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Placard Example A AN TIRE AND LOAGING INFORMATION Age SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT
28. Release the remote trunk lid switch You can also close the trunk by hand Warning A N Maintain sight of trunk area while operating the door mounted switch Monitor the clos ing procedure carefully to make sure that no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure release the door mounted remote trunk lid switch Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk lid switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly Closing the trunk from the outside manually 14 Handle 2 Handles gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on handle Q or handles gt Close trunk with hands placed flat on trunk lid Warning A N To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be espe cially careful when small children are aroun
29. The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 Maximum tire load 14 Maximum tire load rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration The maximum tire load is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support A Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Warning For more information on tire load rating gt page 324 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities gt page 307 Maximum tire inflation pressure Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 311 for proper tire inflation Never exceed the max tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adverse Q Maximum permissible tire inflation ly affect handling and fuel economy and are pressure more likely to fail from being overheated i Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis
30. Thumbwheel for air volume control for left center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for right center air vent Right center air vent adjustable Right side defroster vent fixed Right side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right side air vent Climate control panel Thumbwheel for air volume control for left side air vent Left side air vent adjustable Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control QG TO EA 22 SSD REST 8 or Jy ovod P83 40 2989 31 Canada only Q Air distribution left Air distribution right 2 Climate control on off 2 Front defroster Air distribution and air volume right 3 Decrease air volume Temperature rocker switch left automatic manual Residual heat ventilation 4 Display AC cooling on off 5 Air recirculation G Temperature rocker switch right Rear air conditioning remote control Air distribution and air volume left Rear window defroster i Increase air volume automatic manual USA only CC eC le Air distribution left Front defroster Temperature rocker switch left Display Temperature rocker switch right Rear window defroster Q 8 AUTO rej rd DEES Ge Om G W Air distribution right Air distribution and air volume right automatic manual AC cooling on off Rear air conditioning remot
31. ale x CA Fuel filler flap emergency release In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually 2 a NCE E e 1 Release k gt Open trunk nob gt Remove right side tail trim gt Pull release knob in the direction of arrow The fuel filler flap can know be opened Manually unlocking the gear selector lever In case of power failure the gear selector lever can be manually unlocked e g to tow the vehicle 1 Selector lever cover 2 Release Insert flat blunt object e g screwdriv er into the left edge of cover Q at the position indicated by the arrows Loosen cover Q using this object Using your hands pull cover 1 out and remove Push down and hold release 2 in direction of arrow Simultaneously move gear selector lever out of position P The gear selector lever is unlocked now The gear selector lever is locked again as soon as you place it in position P again Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Practical hints Opening closing in an emergency Power tilt sliding sunroof You can open or close the tilt sliding sun roof manually should an electrical malfunc tion occur The tilt sliding sunroof drive is located be hind lens of the interior overhead light gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Press on cover Q in direction of the arro
32. approximately 7 4 US qt 7 0 I Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or con centrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer sol vent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You can be seriously burned Warning Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water e 1 part S to 100 parts water 1 34 floz 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 0 wa ter For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 1 34 floz 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 0 I sol vent ABS Antilock Brake System Prevents the wheels from locking up during braking so that the vehicle can continue to be steered Accessory weight gt page 332 ADS Adaptive Damping System Automatically adapts the optimum sus pension damping to prevailing driving conditions Air pressure gt page 332 Airmatic DC Airmatic Dual Control Automatically selects the optimum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Airmatic consists of two components e Adaptive Damping System e V
33. button gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Pull an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Front doors Opening the trunk T gt Pull on door handle 2 on the respec The trunk lid swings open upwards tive front door to open door Opening the trunk from the outside automatically Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance If door was locked locking knob Q will A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft move up 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid a The handle is located above the rear Rear doors E ee The trunk can also be opened using the gt Pull up locking knob Q on the i aon a p 8 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or from respective rear door to unlock door are E its inside in an emergency see Trunk emergency release gt page 120 If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it gt Pull on door handle 2 on the respective rear door to open door P80 20 2715 31 In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be unlocked To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times gt Pull on the handle The trunk opens Opening the trunk from the inside You can open the trunk from the inside if the vehicle is stationary A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft
34. flasher H7 55 W Bi Xenon headlamps High beam flasher H7 55 W P54 00 2458 31 a A Parking and standing W5W lamps Front fog lamp H11 55 W Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Low beam and high beam use the same D2S 35W lamp Do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Warning Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Notes on bulb replacement Use only 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating Switch lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not light up visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Additional turn signals in the exterior rear view mirrors High mounted brake lamp Bi Xenon lamp
35. from the standard display Controls in detail Control system Selecting display speed display or out side temperature for basic display gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Instr cluster submenu gt Press button EN or Keg repeatedly until you see Basic display inthe multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Basic display mee Ouisice temp am 72 F 149 38 Ml P54 32 2083 31 gt Press button or E to select the display permanently shown in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Time Date submenu Access the Time Date submenu via the Settings menu Use the Time Date sub menu to change the time and date display settings The following functions are avail able Function Page Synchronizing the time 162 Set time hours 162 Set time minutes 163 Set date month 163 Set date day 163 Set date year 164 Information on setting the time refer to separate COMAND instructions Synchronizing the time This function can only be seen on vehicles with COMAND and navigation module gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Time sync with head unit in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Time syne with head unit S off on 72 F 149 8 MI
36. gt Adjust the exterior rear view mirror ap neh ape ia AN PEE with button 2 so that you see the rear If the mirror does move repeat the einai pelican lt pica andes aac wheel and the road curb above steps After the setting is stored mirror parking position gt page 192 you can move the mirror again T 1 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror 2 Adjustment button 3 Memory button Controls in detail Lighting For information on how to switch on the headlamps and use the turn signals see Switching on headlamps gt page 53 and see Turn signals gt page 53 a If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country where the vehicle is regis tered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xe non headlamps The active Bi Xenon headlamps monitor your steering angle and driving speed then automatically shift their beams to either side to bet ter follow the curvature of the road ahead increasing usable illumination over conventional headlamps Exterior lamp switch The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel Exterior lamp switch EJ Of Daytime running lamp mode gt page 136 EG Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode
37. gt Pull out reset tool Firmly press head restraint cushion backward towards rear head restraint cover until it engages Warning A N When pushing back the head restraint cush ion take care that your fingers do not be come caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury gt Repeat this procedure for second head restraint For information on head restraint adjust ment see Seats gt page 39 Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling i SmartKey When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key 1 gt page 402 When replacing batteries always replace both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any Mercedes Benz Center P80 35 2238 31 1 Mechanica
38. gt Switch on the ignition or gt Check the Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interfer ence from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Controls in detail Loading Roof rack T Load the roof rack in such a way that the vehicle cannot be damaged while Warning A N driving N S Only use roof racks approved by Make sure Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to e you can fully raise the tilt sliding r avoid damage to the vehicle sunroof i 7 i Follow the manufacturer s installation e you can fully open the trunk a ll instructions Otherwise an improperly at tached roof rack system or its load could be C Trim Sonne e GECE RONN aN Ve gt Open trim at the trim strips in the Do not exceed the maximum roof load of roof 220 Ib 100 kg gt Secure the roof rack according to Take into consideration that when the roof manufacturer s instructions for instal rack is loaded the handling characteristics lation are different from those when operating the vehicles without the roof rack loaded Loading instructions The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage cargo should not exceed the load limit or vehicle capacity weight indicated on the corresponding placard located on the driver s door B pillar The handling characteristics of a fully load ed vehicle depend greatly on the load dis tribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle accordin
39. if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the central locking switch A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning The switch is located in the center console b LNN ke Central locking switch 1 Unlocking 2 Locking Locking gt Press lower half 2 of the central lock ing switch If all doors are closed the vehicle locks Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking gt Press upper half Q of the central lock ing switch The vehicle unlocks You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously centrally locked using the SmartKey it will not unlock using the central locking switch If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e while in the selective remote con trol mode only the front door opened from the inside is unlocked e while in the global remote control mode the vehicle is unlocked com pletely when a front door is opened from the inside Controls in detail Seats For mor
40. if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or Introduction Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0
41. injury To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof o You can also open or close the tilt slid ing sunroof using the SmartKey sum mer opening convenience closing feature gt page 217 Depending on current position the tilt sliding sunroof may also open or close when the air recirculation button in the automatic climate control gt page 198 or gt page 199 is pressed and held gt Switch on the ignition gt page 49 Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions The tilt sliding sunroof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 407 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof gt To open close raise or lower the tilt sliding sunroof move the sunroof switch to resistance point in the re quired direction of arrows Q to Release the sunroof switch when the tilt sliding sunroof has reached the desired position Fully opening Express open and clos ing Express close the power tilt slid ing sunroof gt To open or close the tilt sliding sun roof move the sunroof switch past the resistance point in the direction of arrow 1 to 2 and release The tilt pop up roof opens or closes completely Stopping the power tilt sliding sunroof during Express operation gt Move t
42. lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it Warning A N The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Distronic displays in the speedometer Distronic i _ _ fier 300 200 100 oft 1 Set speed If Distronic is activated one or two seg ments come on around the set speed The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system t E j i S 80 SN 100 AN Psi a aes Fa Distronic A hi Eh 1 Segments If Distronic detects a vehicle directly ahead the segments representing the difference from the speed of the vehicle ahead to the set speed come on If Distronic calculates that there is a dan ger of collision e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on red e An intermittent warning sounds Immediately brake the vehicle to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warn
43. mitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna A Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A drivers attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call Warning If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements You can take and place telephone calls using the and buttons on the steering wheel To carry out other tele phone functions use the control system gt page 172 See separate operating manual for instruc tions on how to use the telephone Controls in detail Useful features Tele Aid The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the button Failure to complete either of t
44. placed individually The tail lamp bulbs are under pressure and could explode during an attempt to replace them If the tail lamps are malfunctioning have them exchanged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center License plate lamp P54 00 2460 31 C Screw v vV vV vy Y Turn the exterior lamp switch to position W gt page 134 Loosen both screws Q Remove the license plate lamp Replace the bulb Reinstall the license plate lamp Retighten screws Q Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Y Replacing wiper blades T Removing wiper blades The windshield wipers must be in a Warning vertical position before folding them A away from the windshield They could otherwise damage the hood For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Other wise the wiper motor could suddenly turn gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to on and cause injury wiper arm i fiir gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch to the retainer position 1 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting II gt page 54 gt With wiper arm in the vertical position turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place Practical hints Repla
45. with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation refer to Towing the vehicle gt page 437 For more information see Electro hydraulic brake system gt page 89 With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Brakes Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking ef fect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci dent To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet road surfaces particularly salted roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes If your brake system is norm
46. 171 Setting the temperature 203 MELSIMIGNUD lt csacnctucccccacaasautseecssagnecns 172 Adjusting air distribution 204 Automatic tranSMiISSION ccc000e 176 Adjusting air volume eeeee 205 Gear selector lever position 178 Front defroster 205 DAVNE LIDS dea a 180 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 206 Gear ranges ccesseccceesecceeeseeees 181 Air recirculation mode 0006 206 Automatic shift program 182 Air CONCITIONING 0cccceneeeceneeees 209 Gear selector lever one touch Residual heat and ventilation Sears hite ereraa 183 Candda ONIy escocia 209 Steering wheel gearshift control Rear air CONItIONING 00000 210 one touch gearshifting 184 Front center console storage Manual shift program compartment ventilation 213 CLSSSAMG veer ate cece ciate 187 Power WINCOWS ccccccesseeeceeeeeeeeeens 214 Opening and closing the windows 214 synchronizing power windows 216 Summer opening feature 217 Convenience closing feature 217 Power tilt sliding sunroof 219 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding SUNOOF ceccee eens 219 synchronizing the power tilt sliding SUNTOO ce eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeees 221 Driving SYSTEMS cccceeeeeceeseeceeeeeeees 222 Cruise COME O las uasin esa siacsccteaeeent 222 DISTROMIC airina beeciactadeans 226
47. 25 4341 31 1 Cover 2 SOS button gt Briefly press on cover Q The cover will open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded Warning A N If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca tion The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they re ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occu pants Roadside Assistance button The Roadside Assistance button is located below the center armrest cover gt Open the storage compartment under the center armrest gt page 252 Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting call will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message Call connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identific
48. 30 minutes after opening the trunk e The button will flash for 60 minutes after closing the trunk The emergency release button does not open the trunk if the vehicle bat tery is discharged or disconnected 1 Emergency release button gt Briefly press emergency release button Q The trunk unlocks and opens If the vehicle has previously been locked using the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound as the trunk opens To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch e Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Pull an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Valet locking To deny any unauthorized person ac cess to the trunk e g when you valet park the vehicle lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO less its mechanical key with the vehicle Controls in detail The lock is located next to the handle gt i lt F80 20 2770 31 1 Neutral position 2 Locked gt gt Close the trunk gt page 114 gt Pull the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 402 Locking and unlocking Insert the mechanical key
49. 475 Selecting language 160 Multifunction display messages ABS 365 Airmatic DC 396 397 Batteries 369 Battery 373 Brake fluid 377 Brake pads 374 Check engine 355 Coolant 378 379 380 Cruise control 365 Distronic 366 Door 382 Electro hydraulic brake system 375 376 Engine oil 382 383 ESP 368 Foglamps 387 388 389 390 Hood 384 Light sensor 389 Maintenance service 392 Parking brake 375 Parking lamps 388 Power tilt sliding sunroof 392 Reserve fuel 384 Seat belts 392 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 386 SRS 393 Taillamps 390 Tele Aid 393 Telephone 396 Tires 370 395 Trunk 396 Turn signals 391 Windshield washer fluid 396 Multifunction steering wheel 26 148 475 Button operation 148 385 N Navigation system See separate COMAND operating instructions 155 Night security illumination 136 Normal occupant weight 333 O Occupant distribution 333 Occupant safety 64 Air bags 65 Children and air bags 66 Children in the vehicle 75 Fastening the seat belt 46 Infant and child restraint systems 76 LATCH type child seat anchors 81 Seat belts 46 68 Oil Consumption Viscosity 473 Oil see Engine oil One touch gearshifting 183 Opening Fuel filler flap 290 Operating safety 16 Ornamental moldings cleaning 345 294 Outside temperature indicator 146 Overdue maintenance service 339 Overhead control panel 29 Overspeed range engine 475 P Paintwork Cleaning 343 Panic alarm 83 Parking 58
50. Automatic shift program T Never change the program mode when the gear selector lever is out of position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console C Program mode selector switch C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode C S are indicated in the multifunction display gt page 177 Press program mode selector switch Q repeatedly until the letter of the desired shift program appears in the multifunction display Select C for comfort driving e The vehicle starts out in second gear both forward and reverse for gentler starts This does not apply if full throttle is applied or gear range 1 is selected e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less likely to spin Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting Even with an automatic transmission you can change the gears manually and limit or extend the gear range for automatic shifting with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S Allow engine to warm up under l
51. CES OO e E 447 CLS 55 AMG siisscnicsscvsvnceicontiendannaee 447 N E E anne vansqerabeunmetaaesvisonenudes 448 Rims and tires 449 Same size tires 451 Mixed size tires eene 453 MOExtended tires a n 456 Spare wheel nosseennssseensssseeessss 457 Electrical system cccseeseceeeseees 458 Main dimensions ecccceeeeeeeeeeeees 459 Weights snseaatcuiaaseaduaaneneeennaniennoeieneebeass 460 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 461 Capacities cessccccceesseeeceeeees 461 Engine oils seesssenssssesssssessserssseee 464 Engine oil additives 00 0000n0s0e 464 Air conditioning refrigerant 464 Brake fluid csssccccecsesseeeeees 464 Premium unleaded gasoline 465 Gasoline additives ccccceeeee 465 Fuel requirements 466 COO IAUIES aacessonsapssnsestieesepaanaarecccesess 466 Windshield and headlamp washer SYSTEM cccceeeeeceeeeeees 470 Y Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an off
52. Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible vy Relieve the load on the brake system Drive more smoothly and think ahead to avoid unnecessary braking gt When driving down slopes shift into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power gt page 183 gt Cautiously continue driving so that the air stream will cool down the brakes Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution USA only Brake fluid There is insufficient brake fluid in the gt Risk of accident Stop the vehicle ina Visit workshop reservoir safe location and notify an authorized Canada only Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the Warning A N Driving with the messages Brake fluid Visit workshop displayed can result in an acci dent Have your brake system checked im mediately If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recom mend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or ap propriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 3
53. If you experience the above while driv ing and the red brake warning lamp gt page 354 illuminates and or warn ing messages appear in the instrument cluster gt page 363 the brake system is malfunctioning Follow the instruc tions of the warning message s and have the brake system checked imme diately A Have brake pad replacement and other work on the electro hydraulic brake system car ried out by qualified technicians only Con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The electro hydrau lic brake system must be deactivated prior to working on the system High pressure is intermittently built up in the system as part of its automatic self test In addition the system is automatically activated when the vehicle is unlocked by SmartKey when the driver or passenger door is opened when the starter switch is turned to position 1 when the brake pedal is depressed or when the parking brake is released Failure to de activate the system prior to maintenance will cause brake pistons to extend and brake fluid to leak which may result in injuries contusions and acid burns Extended brake pistons may also cause injury Warning Safety and Security Driving safety systems The electro hydraulic brake servo assis tance switches off automatically approximately 2 minutes after you turned the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or removed the SmartKey approximately 2 minutes aft
54. Load M S l Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment CLS 55 AMG Performance Package Rims light alloy 8 5 x 19 H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires Winter tires 3 245 35 R19 93V XL Extra Load M S Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment 3 Maximum permissible vehicle speed of 137 mph 220 km h Technical data Rims and tires Mixed size tires CLS 500 CLS 500 Sport Package Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5 Jx 18 H2 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 10 in 28 mm 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires 255 40 ZR18 95Y r T 40 ZR18 99Y XL Extra Load All season tires 245 40 R18 93V M S Winter tires Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5 Jx 18 H2 9 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 30 in 33 mm 1 10 in 28 mm Summer tires 285 35 ZR18 97Y r T ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load All season tires 275 35 R18 95V M S Winter tires Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains Technical data Rims and tires Front axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Winter tires Rear axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Winter tires Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains CLS 55 AMG 8 5 Jx 18 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 40 ZR18 99Y XL Extra Load 9 5 Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 35 ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load CLS 55 AMG 8 5 1x 19 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load 9 5J3x 19 H2 1 10 in 28 m
55. N Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas oline fuel discharge This could cause the gasoline fuel to spray back out when remov ing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury gt Replace fuel cap by turning it clockwise until it audibly engages Close the fuel filler flap Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the malfunction indicator lamp USA only or the Em malfunction indicator lamp Canada only to illumi nate See also Practical hints section gt page 355 Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 9 1 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump For more information on gasoline see the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet Operation At the gas station Check regularly and before a long trip 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system For more information on refilling the reservoir see Windshield washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system gt page 300 2 Brake fluid For more information on brake fluid see Brake fluid gt page 464 3 Coolant level For more information on the coolant level see Coolant level gt page 297 Operation At the gas station Ea If you find that
56. P54 32 2171 31 Press button or E to select the desired setting Set time hours This function can only be seen when time synchronization is switched off gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button JM or R repeatedly until you see Clock hours in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the hour set ting Clock hours Confirm by press R a Sn tu i 1 1 45 am 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2470 31 gt Press button or E to set the hour gt Confirm by pressing reset button gt page 24 Set time minutes This function can only be seen when time synchronization is switched off gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Clock minutes in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the minute setting Clock minutes Confirm by press R Op o oe T 10 am 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2471 31 gt Press button or E to set the minutes gt Confirm by pressing reset button gt page 24 Set date month gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Time Date Submenu Press button J or Ref repeatedly until you see Set date month in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the month setting Set date month co A EH 14 2004 tie F 149 8 MI P54 32 3091 31 Press bu
57. P77 00 2254 31 Sunroof switch 1 Push back to slide sunroof open 2 Push forward to slide sunroof closed 3 Push up to raise sunroof at rear 4 Pull down to lower sunroof at rear Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Warning J When closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halt ed by releasing the switch or if the switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the switch in any direc tion The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts prop erly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compart ment b gt b gt Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal
58. Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution USA only There is a malfunction in gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as Cal Canada only e The fuel management system possib oy an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The yellow engine malfunction e The ignition system An on board diagnostic connector is Indicator lamp comes OnWhil The emission control system used by the service station to link the driving l o vehicle to the shop diagnostics system e Systems which affect emissions It allows the accurate identification of Such malfunctions may result in excessive system malfunctions through the read emissions values and may switch the engine out of diagnostic trouble codes It is to its limp home emergency operation located in the front left area of the foot mode well next to the parking brake i Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop immediately as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local require ments Practical hints What to do if Problem engine USA only Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving Possible cause consequence A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky Your fuel tank is empty Suggested solution gt Check the fuel cap If it is not closed properly gt Close the fuel cap If it is closed properly
59. Replace the bulb as soon as possible Have the LEDs replaced as soon as possible Have the LEDs replaced as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol D tS gt Display messages Seat belt system Drive to workshop Service memory full see Operator s Manual Close tilt T Close ey Selita a o Possible cause consequence The seat belt system is malfunctioning The maintenance service system memory cannot save any more data You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the sliding portion of the tilt sliding sunroof open You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the tilting portion of the tilt sliding sunroof open Possible solution gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Have the service memory checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Close the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 220 gt Close the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 220 Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tele Aid malfunction One or more main functions of the gt Have the Tele Aid system checked by Drive to workshop Tele Aid system are malfunctioning an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tele Aid battery The emergency power battery for the gt Have the Tele Aid system checked by D
60. TIREFIT kit 419 Flexible Service System Canada vehicles 339 Flexible Service System FSS 474 Floormats 260 Fog lamp rear 138 Fog lamps Messages in display 387 388 389 390 Fog lamps front Switching on 137 Front lamps 412 Replacing bulbs 414 Switching on 134 423 426 Front seats Heating 128 FSS Canada vehicles 339 FSS Flexible Service System 474 Fuel 291 Fuel reserve warning lamp 358 Premium unleaded gasoline 291 Fuel consumption statistics After start 171 Since last reset 171 Fuel filler flap 290 Locking 290 Opening 290 Unlocking 290 Fuel requirements 466 Fuel tank Filler flap 290 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 461 Fuse box in trunk 442 Fuses 441 Fuse chart 441 Fuse extractor 441 Replacing 441 Spare fuses 441 G Garage door opener 270 Gasoline see Fuel 291 GAWR 332 Gear range 474 Automatic transmission 181 Limiting 181 Shifting into optimal 183 Gear selector lever Cleaning 349 Position 178 Global Locking 101 Locking with KEYLESS GO 107 Unlocking 100 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 107 Global Positioning System GPS 474 Glove box 251 Good visibility 191 GPS 474 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GYW GVW 332 GVWR 333 H Hands free microphone 29 Hard plastic trim items cleaning 349 Hazard warning flasher 140 Head restraint Active head restraint 74 124 Head restraints resetting activated 407 Headlamps Automatic headlamp
61. Therefore do not use abrasives sol Q Distronic system sensor cover vents or cleaners that contain solvents Switch off the ignition gt page 60 Never apply strong force and onlyusea Usea mild car wash detergent such as gt Restart the engine after cleaning sen sor cover 1 P54 70 2330 31 soft non scratching cloth when clean Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham ing the lenses Do not attempt to wipe poo with plenty of water and a dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge non scratching cloth to clean sensor Otherwise you may scratch or damage cover 4 the lens surface Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors 1 Parktronic system sensors in the front bumper gt Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean sensors 1 on the bumpers Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor covers Applying strong pres sure may damage the sensor covers Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on main taining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer To prevent scratches never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensors Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Operation Vehicle care Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades The windshield wipers must be in a ver tical positi
62. While the vehicle is being driven the Run Aaa A elle Me ee Indicator monitors the set tire infla When the multifunction display shows the metal stem of the valve with e g a tipof tion pressures by evaluating each wheel s T pressure Check wi ze a pen Then recheck the tire inflation rotational speed This allows the systemto Sne or more of e A pressure with the tire gauge detect a significant loss of pressure in a dr e a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes your tires as soon as possible and inflate gt Install the valve cap due to falling tire inflation pressure you them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under in The Run Flat Indicator may function in a flated tire causes the tire to overheat and restricted manner or with a delay if can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and will see a corresponding warning message gt Repeat this procedure for each tire p P a in the multifunction display e snow chains are mounted to the vehicle K De i stopping ability Each tire including the e winter road conditions prevail in pres spare should be checked monthly when ence of ice and snow cold and set to the recommended tire infla tion pressure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual e you are driving on a loose surface e
63. a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recom mend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or ap propriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation refer to Towing the vehicle gt page 437 The electro hydraulic brake system Is auto matically activated when you unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO open the driver s or passenger door turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 in vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the start stop button on the gear selector lever once depress the brake pedal release the parking brake If the electro hydraulic brake system is activated as the brake pedal is first de pressed you may feel a reduced pedal resistance and longer pedal travel than normal When releasing the pedal you may also feel the brake pedal pulsate and you may hear a sound which is caused by the activation of the electro hydraulic brake system pump This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Pedal travel returns to normal when you release the brake pedal and the sound soon ceases
64. activated and the exterior lamp switch in position IEI the high beam head lamps cannot be switched on The high beam flasher is available at all times Canada only The daytime running lamp mode is manda tory and therefore in a constant mode When the engine is running and you shift from a driving position to position N or P the low beam headlamps will switch off with a three minute delay When the engine is running and you e turn the exterior lamp switch to position J the parking lamps switch on additionally e turn the exterior lamp switch to position the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime run ning lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 53 USA only By default the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated Activate the daytime run ning lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 164 When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position or the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 53 Locator lighting and night security illu mination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the Control sys tem section see gt page 165 and gt page 166 Fog lamps Warning J In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from posit
65. and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only Controls in detail Useful features The indicator lamp in the Information button remains illuminated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on the ignition together with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Pq See system self check gt page 263 if the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not avail able The message Call failed ap pears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Useful features Information calls can be terminated using the button on the multi function steering wheel or the END But ton on the COMAND System If the indicator lamps do not start flash ing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a malfunction or the service is not currently active and may not initiate a call Visit your authorized Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact t
66. at interior rear view mirror or glance over your escape the mirror housing if the mirror glass shoulder before changing lanes breaks For more information see Rear view mir Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not rors gt page 191 allow the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary The buttons are located on the driver s door 1 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 2 Adjustment button 3 Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button aT n Po4 25 444 31 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Press button 3 for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror Push adjustment button 2 up down left or right according to the desired setting If an exterior rear view mirror was forc ibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front reposition it by applying firm pressure until it snaps into place The mirror housing is now properly posi tioned and you can adjust the mirror normally Getting started Adjusting The memory function gt page 131 lets you Store the setting for the seat posi tion together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors At low ambient temperatures t
67. be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Other wise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions bb b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Occupants especially children should nev er lean their heads in the area of the door where the side air bag inflates This could re sult in serious injuries or death should the air bag be triggered Always sit nearly up right properly use the seat
68. belts and appro priate size infant or child restraint system Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster indicator lamp When the child restraint is not in use re move it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an ac cident Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in a child restraint system may use ve hicle equipment and may cause an accident and or serious personal injury BabySmart air bag deactivation system 5 AIRBAG OFF Pod 10 3408 31 Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center a
69. button eyes skin clothing or respiratory system 2 Passenger side exterior rear view In case it does immediately flush affected mirror button area with water and seek medical help if necessary Make sure you have stored a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 133 Make sure the Mirror adjustment parking aid function in the Conve nience submenu of the control system is switched to on gt page 169 Switch on the ignition gt page 36 immediately once you exceed a vehicle speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h immediately when you press button 1 for driver s side mirror Sun visors The sun visors protect you from sun glare Controls in detail Good visibility Press button 2 forthe passenger side while driving exterior rear view mirror E visor irror cover Place the gear selector lever in reverse Warning AN Mirror lamp gear R 4 Mounting The passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare Vanity mirror gt To use the vanity mirror lift up the mirror cover 2 can endanger you and others The exterior rear view mirror returns to its eer y Make sure the sun visor is properly previously stored driving position din th ti gt Swing
70. can it increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction af forded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe atten tive and skillful driver can prevent acci dents The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reck less or dangerous manner which could jeop ardize the user s safety or the safety of others Warning For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 353 Safety and Security Driving safety systems BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation Is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated Warning A N If the BAS is malfunctioning the brake sys tem is still functioning normally but without the additional brake boost available that BAS would normally provide in an emergen cy braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase Warning The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of
71. check if they are driving maneuvers as well as driving over suitable for further use The failed tire must obstacles road curbs potholes or off road be replaced in any case areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands When replacing individual or all tires on l the vehicle make sure only matching placed on the vehicle Depending on speed tires marked with MOExtended are rls driving maneuvers road conditions mounted in the size specified for your outside temperature etc the distance can vehicle gt page 456 be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Y Battery Your vehicle is equipped with two batter les e Auxiliary battery back up battery sta bilizes the electrical system if the main battery is discharged located in engine compartment e Main battery starter and electrical consumers located in the trunk under the luggage box gt Remove the luggage box gt page 401 1 Positive terminal cover 2 Negative terminal Warning A N Jump starting must only be done using the main battery in the trunk Warning A N Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 299 Never lean over batteries while conn
72. display 377 Brake lamp Messages in display 387 Brake pads Message in display 374 Brakes Warning lamp 354 Break in period 278 Bulbs replacing see Replacing bulbs C California retail buyers and lessees important notice for 11 CAN system 472 Cargo tie down hooks Carpets cleaning 349 CD changer 154 CD player 154 Center console Lower part 28 Upper part 27 Central locking Automatic 122 Locking unlocking from inside 122 Switch 122 Switching on off control system 168 Central locking switch 122 Certification label 310 Checking tire pressure electronically with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS Canada only 316 250 Children in the vehicle 75 Air bags 66 Blocking of rear window operation 82 Indicator lamp front passenger front air bag 78 Infant and child restraint systems 76 LATCH type child seat anchors 81 Cigarette lighter 258 Climate control system Adjusting air distribution Adjusting air volume 205 Air conditioning Cooling 209 204 Automatic mode 202 Front defroster 205 Residual engine heat REST 209 Clock 25 162 CLS 55 AMG MANUAL shift program mode 188 Cockpit 22 472 Cockpit management and data system see COMAND Cold tire inflation pressure Collapsible tire Tire inflation pressure 427 332 Collapsible tire description 472 Collapsible wheel chock 400 COMAND see separate operating rnstructions Combination filter with pollutant sensitive air recirculation mod
73. driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents result ing from excessive speed Safety and Security Driving safety systems For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 353 and gt page 368 Warning A N The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dan gerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 449 Safety and Security Driving safety systems Switching off the ESP T The switch is located on the center con Turn on the ESP immediately if the sole Warning A N aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Di The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum When you switch off the ESP stances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers e
74. e Distance driven A Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread Warning Tread depth Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under Ye in 3 mm Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approx imately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced Recommended minimum tire tread depth e Summer tires g in 3 mm e Winter tires a in 4 mm Warning A N Although the applicable federal motor safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately Wine in 1 6 mm we recom mend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches Ue in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply re duced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely 1 TWI Tread Wear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Operation Tires and wheels Storing tires Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Cleaning tires Never use a round nozzle to power wash tir
75. fl P54 32 2100 31 One of the following messages will subsequently appear in the multifunc tion display e Engine oil level ok e Add 1 0 Qt to reach max oil level Canada 1 0 Liter Add 1 5 Uts to reach max oil level to reach max oil level Canada 1 5 Liters e Add 2 0 Qts to reach max oil level to reach max oil level Canada 2 0 Liters Operation Engine compartment If you want to interrupt the checking procedure press the BVA or Ba button on the multifunction steering wheel gt If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 296 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 461 and gt page 464 Other display messages If the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO start stop button is not in position 2 the following message will appear Switch on ignition to check engine oil level gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 If you see the message Observe waiting period Operation Engine compartment gt If engine is at operating temperature wait 5 minutes before repeating check procedure gt If engine is not at operating tempera ture yet wait 30 minutes before repeating check procedure If you see the message Engine oil level Not when engine on gt Turn off the engine gt If the engine is at normal operating temperature wait 5 minutes before checking oil gt If the engine is n
76. for their Suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters re quired for vehicles with Maintenance Sys tem U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters refer to the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet or con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of spec ification other than those expressly re quired for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles recommendations for sched uled oil changes Failure to do so could result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air condition ing system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the syste
77. gt Insert SmartKey in the starter switch 60 seconds if the driver s door is opened with the engine shut off and no SmartKey in the starter switch gt Take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you when leaving l the vehicle This message is only a reminder You have forgotten to remove the gt Remove the SmartKey from the SmartKey starter switch There is no additional code available for pb Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz SmartKey or SmartKey with Center as soon as possible KEYLESS GO Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Key The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO batter Change the batteries gt page 408 Check battery les are discharged Key The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe not recognized recognized while the engine Is running to do so because gt Search for the SmartKey e the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not in the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle cannot be cen trally locked nor can the engine be e there is strong radio frequency inter started again after the engine is ference stopped Key The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mo gt Change the position of the SmartKey not recognized mentarily not recognized in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch if nec essary Display symbol 10 oe Display messages Active headlamps cu
78. gt page 136 S005 Parking lamps also tail lamps license plate lamps side marker lamps instrument panel lamps Canada only When engine is running the low beam is also switched on Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps when the combi nation switch is pushed forward and parking lamps Standing lamps right turn left one stop Standing lamps left turn left two stops Indicator lamp for front fog lamps Indicator lamp for rear fog lamp With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the engine turned off with KEYLESS GO and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the park ing lamps or low beam headlamps are switched on The message Switch off lamps appears in the multifunction display Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and the parking lamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps switch on and off au tomatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e Low beam headlamps e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps Warning A N If the exterior lamp switch is set to RI e the headlamps may switch off unexpect edly when the system senses bright ambient light for example light from oncoming traffic e the headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior
79. is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle gt Using the tire placard on the drivers door B pillar or if available the supple mental tire pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is Correct bb Operation Tires and wheels gt F gt Press the EA or Ref button repeat Press the button Reactivate the TPMS after adjusting edly until you see the current inflation The following message will appear in the tire inflation pressure to the infla pressures for each tire appear in the the multifunction display tion pressure recommended for the multifunction display or the rollowing Tire pres monitor vehicle operating condition Tire pres message appears in the multifunction reactivated sure should only be adjusted on cold display tires Observe the recommended tire Te Pie Une ee nee ee el inflation pressure on the placard on the displayed only Heo an OW ice les eS a driver s door B pillar gt page 305 after drivi ng a cepted as reference values and then Some vehicles may have supplemental few minutes MONLOG tire pressure information for drivingat Press the reset button gt page 25 If you wish to cancel activation high speeds gt page 312 or for vehicle loads less than t
80. lamp switch to when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position R to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from Mg to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Controls in detail Lighting The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion M With the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button once only the parking lamps will switch on and off automatically When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will switch on and off automatically Controls in detail Lighting Daytime running lamp mode gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position WJ or Bg When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are automatically switched on In low ambient light conditions the parking lamps will also switch on e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam head lamps I With the daytime running lamp mode
81. lid gt Press and hold button until trunk lid unlocks and begins to open If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 121 The trunk lid swings open upwards automatically Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system to stop the opening proce dure press button on the SmartKey The trunk lid stops moving The trunk can also be opened from its inside in an emergency see Trunk emer gency release gt page 120 If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times Loss of SmartKey or mechanical key If you lose a SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key immediately to your car insurance company gt If necessary have the mechanical lock replaced Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO are a different color to he
82. lower temperature is displayed A delay also occurs when ambient temper atures rise This prevents inaccurate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or Slow driving Y Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS GO start stop button is in position 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the multifunction display and much more The displays for the audio systems ra dio CD player will appear in English regardless of the language selected Warning A N A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display 1 Outside temperature
83. marker lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting switches off when the driver s door is opened If you do not open a door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will switch off automatically after approxi mately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt gt Controls in detail Control system gt gt gt Press button EN or Ref repeatedly until you see Function Surround lighting in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Func tion surround lighting he Fa D A off p ar Z F 149 8 MI P54 32 2087 31 gt Press button or SESH to switch the locator lighting function on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Eazy when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activat ed Setting ambient lighting Use this function to adjust the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until you see Ambient light Level in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Ambient light ate Level R tes ioOps2345 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2481 31 Press button or E to select the desired brightness of the ambient lighting The setting 1 represents the darkest level and setting 5 the brightest level The ambient light is swit
84. multifunction display Check and adjust tire pressure as required If necessary change the wheel gt page 41 9 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles with TIREFIT Temporarily repair tire using TIREFIT If tire cannot be temporarily repaired using TIREFIT contact Roadside Assistance ae You may lose control of the vehicle Contin Warning AN n Ve ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects sive heat build up and possibly a fire the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Please rectify The pressure is too low in one or gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as tire pressure more tires required gt page 313 Tire pressure One or more tires are deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Caution tire defect abrupt steering and braking maneuvers If necessary change the wheel gt page 41 9 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire pressure The tire pressure in one or more tires gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Check tires is already below the minimum value abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Check and adjust tire pressure as required If necessary change the wheel gt page 41 9 Have t
85. not react if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is turned on Controls in detail Good visibility T Activating exterior rear view mirror E ae SELLA ZN Electrolyte drops coming into contact Parking position with the vehicle paint finish can be Follow these steps to activate the mirror The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sen sors in the interior rear view mirror completely removed only while inthe parking position so that the passen liquid state by applying plenty of water ger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not Warning AN The buttons are located on the driver s react for example if the rear window sun door shade is in raised position Exercise care when using the passen Glare can endanger you and others ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror A N are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Warning In case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape from the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not Q Driver s side exterior rear view mirror allow the liquid to come into contact with
86. oc cupants in certain frontal front air bags and ETD and side side impact and win dow curtain air bags and ETD impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers win dow curtain air bags and ETD Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoul der In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would in crease the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens SmartKeys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never use a seat belt for more than one person at atime Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects Belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to distribute impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or
87. of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of the tire load rating gt page 322 and the tire speed rating gt page 322 If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description G and 6 gt page 322 is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description and gt page 322 is given the speed capa bility is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capabil ity of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Operation Tires and wheels Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed rating in paren thesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire Operation Tires and wheels All Season and winter tires Index Q M S T M S H M S V M S 1 Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the moun tain snowflake marking on the tir
88. on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat When using a seat belt to secure infant or toddler restraints or children in boost er seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Emergency tensioning device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency ten sioning devices and belt force limiters The ETD is designed to activate in the fol lowing cases in frontal or rear end impacts exceed ing a preset severity level in certain vehicle rollovers if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see EJ indicator lamp gt page 64 Safety and Security Occupant safety The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fas tened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened In an impact emergency tensioning devic es remove slack from the belts Belt force limiters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash A An emergency tensioning device ETD that was activated must be replaced Warning When disposing of the emergency tension ing device our safety instructions must be followed These are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Do not place objects heavier
89. or gt page 199 to sepa rately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compart ment The temperature of the vehicle interior is adjusted automatically Deactivating gt or Press button or gt page 198 or gt page 199 The indicator lamp on the button goes out AUTO disappears in the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 The au tomatic operation of air volume switch es off Turn air distribution controls and 7 gt page 198 or gt page 199 on each side of the passenger compart ment to the desired symbol The indicator lamps on the buttons MA go out AUTO disappears in the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 The automatic operation of air distribution switches off Setting the temperature Use temperature control rocker switches G and gt page 198 or gt page 199 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small incre ments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C The adjusted temperature appears in the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 The climate control will adjust to the set temperature as fast as possible I O You can also adjust the temperature in the rear passenger compartment gt page 210 When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volu
90. or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Power windows a Closing the windows You can also open or close the win With the SmartKey in starter switch gt Pull switch to to the resistance dows using the SmartKey see Sum position 0 or removed from the starter point i re itch th r win n me opening featu e gt page217 and switch the power windows can be Thecdimespondike winsonewitneve Convenience closing feature operated l i 3 217 upwards until you release the switch gt page e until you open the driver s or front Depending on current position the win assenger s door iene ma ie open arenes when the j WATTLES ZN ee a p e for at least 5 minutes ee air recirculation button in the au ae If you pull and hold the switch up when clos tomatic climate control gt page 198 gt Switch the ignition gt 36 ing the window and upward movement of witch on the ignition gt page 36 PD dee Nr Dreo RG ANG NEI the window is blocked by some obstruction Q Opening the windows including but not limited to arms hands fin ers etc the automatic reversal will not op Press switch 2 to to the resistance P Operating the windows from the rear is goni erate not possible if you activate the override switch gt page 82 The corresponding window will move downwards until you relea
91. page 36 dent on wetness of windshield Il Normal wiper speed II Fast wiper speed Intermittent wiping Do not leave windshield wipers in inter mittent setting when the vehicle is tak en to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and wind shield wipers may be damaged as a result Intermittent wiping interval is dependent on wetness of windshield gt Turn the combination switch to position I After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically controlled by the rain sensor Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when e all doors are closed and e the gear selector lever is in position Dor R or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Getting started Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow Q The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with windshield washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt pa
92. parking maneuvers For information on the BAS ABS ESP and electro hydraulic brake system see Driving safety systems gt page 84 Cruise control The cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time You can set or resume cruise control at any speed above 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 22 Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it ad visable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger Ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driv ing in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular
93. personal injury 1 Override switch 2 Indicator lamp Indicator lamp 2 comes on The rear door windows can no longer be operat ed using the switches located in the For more information on power windows rear doors see the Controls in detail section gt page 214 H Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door is still possible Vv Panic alarm An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate for approximately 21 2 minutes Fag 35 2088 31 button USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Safety and Security Panic alarm Activating
94. ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 324 Rim diameter The rim diameter 4 gt page 322 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge Rim diameter is indicated in inches in Operation Tires and wheels Tire load rating The tire load rating gt page 322 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corre sponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ibs 615 kg the tire is designed to support Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a Tire speed rating The tire speed rating gt page 322 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire Warning A N blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure See also Maximum tire load gt page 328 where the maximum load as sociated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and Ibs For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 326 Warning The tire load ra
95. registered trademark of DaimlerChrysler BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp SIRIUS and related marks are trade marks of Sirius Satellite Radio Inc The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual Optional equipment is identified with an asterisk Since standard equipment varies between models the descriptions and illustrations in this manual may differ slightly from the actual equipment of your vehi cle A Warning notices draw your attention to haz ards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others Warning Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt Page gt D gt DIS Introduction Symbols This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks an interrupted procedure which will be continued on the next page In the glossary of technical terms this symbol is used to indicate cross references to term definitions PLAY Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here Introduction Operating safety A Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause
96. serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the 1 Tires Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or T leaves can come into contact clan the hot Warning A N exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re If you feel a sudden significant vibration or duces engine performance and causes To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re ride disturbance or you suspect that possi premature brake and drivetrain wear sult of vehicle movement before turning off ble damage to your vehicle has occurred the engine and leaving the vehicle always you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the selector lever to position P Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indi
97. side windows with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light al loy wheels Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned especially not after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corro sion of the brake disks and brake pads Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning When applying Mercedes Benz ap proved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake discs Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Do not use oil or wax on these parts Instrument cluster and cup holders gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a w
98. speed exceeding approximately 68 mph 110 km h with normal level set or exceeding 75 mph 120 km h with raised level set the ride height is reduced automatically The table on the next page provides an overview of the vehicle levels Controls in detail Driving systems e With decreasing speed the ride height is again raised to the normal level These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Select the raised level only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise e handling may be impaired e fuel consumption may increase Warning A N To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Controls in detail Driving systems The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running Vehicle level Indicatorlamp Suspension Use for Ride height increase Automatic lowering when stationary gt page 241 tuning over normal Normal Lamp off Comfort For driving on normal None Max approx 0 4 in 10 mm roads Normal Lamp off Sport 1 or2 For driving on normal None Max approx 0 6 in 15 mm roads Raised Lamp on Comfort For driving on rough Approx 0 8 in 20 mm Max approx 1 2 in 30 mm roads or with snow chains Raised Lamp on Sport 1 or 2 For driving on rough Approx 0 8 in 20 mm Max approx 1 4 in 35 mm r
99. such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture 1 DOT 2 Manufacturer s identification mark 3 Tire size 4 Tire type code at the option of the tire manufacturer Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol gt page 327 which denotes the tire meets require ments of the U S Department of Transpor tation Manufacturer s identification mark The manufacturer s identification mark 2 gt page 327 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym bols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 301 Tire size The code 3 gt page 327 indicates the tire size Operation Tires and wheels Tire type code The code gt page 327 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture gt page 327 identifies the week and year of manufac ture The first two figures identify the week starting with 0 1 to represent the first full week of the calendar year
100. sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect Warning A N The Run Flat Indicator can only warn you in a reliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure ac cording to the incorrect value Operation Tires and wheels Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Make sure the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 153 Press button BVA or FA repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator active Reactivation Poss 72 F 149 5 M Press button ES The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire pressure OK now P54 92 3555 31 If you wish to confirm activation gt Press button ES The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator reactivated After a certain learning phase the Run Flat Indicator checks the set pressure val ues for all four tires If you wish to cancel activation gt Press button EE or gt Wait until the message Tire pressure OK now disappears Checking tire pressure electronically with the Advanced Tire Pressure Moni toring System Advanced TPMS Canada only The Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring system Advanced TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pres
101. suspen sion is set to either Sport 1 Sport 2 or Comfort Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to e Your driving style e Road surface conditions e Your choice of suspension style Sport 1 Sport 2 or Comfort which you select using the damping button The following suspension styles are avail able e Comfort Both indicator lamps 2 are off e Sport 1 One indicator lamp 2 is on e Sport 2 Both indicator lamps are on P54 25 4640 31 1 Damping button 2 Indicator lamps gt Start the engine gt page 49 gt Press the damping button until the desired suspension style is set T If you have selected the Comfort sus pension tuning gt page 238 the vehi cle lowers slightly when you lock it within approximately 60 seconds after switching off the engine When parking make sure that your vehicle cannot come into contact with other objects such as a curb while lowering Your ve hicle could otherwise be damaged The selected suspension style is stored in memory even after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Vehicle level control Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to e increase vehicle safety e reduce fuel consumption The following vehicle chassis ride heights can be selected e Normal e Raised The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed e Ata
102. tential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Warning Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards P When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconscious ness and possible death rogramming the integrated remote control Step 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons 2 and 4 and release them only when the indicator lamp begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce dure erases any previous settings for all
103. than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the passenger side and with the seat belt fastened to se cure the object the ETD to deploy ina crash which exceeds the system s de ployment threshold Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for front seats reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Active head restraints The active head restraints are intended to offer the driver and front passenger in creased protection from head and neck Injury In the event of a rear end collision the active head restraints on the driver s and front passenger s seats are designed to move forward in the direction of travel providing the head with increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The ac tive head restraints move forward whether the seat is occupied or not A Do not attach any objects e g hangers to the head restraint posts Otherwise the ac tive head restraints may not be able to func tion properly or offer the intended degree of protection in the event of an accident Warning For information on resetting the activated active head restraints see Resetting acti vated head restraints gt page 406 You cannot remove the active head restraints on the driver s and passenger s seats For removal of the active head restraints we recommend that you contact an author
104. the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints gt page 354 Engine oil level Tire inflation pressure For more information see Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 313 For more information on engine oil level see Engine oil gt page 294 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For more information on replacing light bulbs see the Practical hints section gt page 411 For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 134 Operation Engine compartment Vv Engine compartment Hood gt Pull lever downwards gt Push lever 1 on the hood upwards The hood is unlocked gt Pull up on the hood and then release it Warning A N T The hood will be automatically held l l To avoid damage to the windshield wip OPAS ROUNEN NEIEN ON EARRA Do not pull the release lever while the vehi struts p i ers or hood never open the hood if the cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could l ey ses atin wiper arms are folded forward away ieee ise pease eal ees from the windshield Warning A N Opening 7 To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and
105. the brake is applied Controller Area Network COMAND Data bus network serving to control l i Cockpit Management and Data vehicle functions such as door locking o Bead gt page 332 ae System Bi Xenon headlamps ar eee es Information and operating center for Headlamps which use an electric arc as Cockpit vehicle sound and communications a light source and produce a more in All instruments switches buttons and systems including the radio and navi tense light than filament headlamps indicator warning lamps in the passen gation system as well as other optional Bi Xenon headlamps produce low ger compartment needed for vehicle equipment CD changer telephone operation and monitoring etc beam and high beam Control system The control system is used to call up vehicle information and to change component settings Information and messages appear in the multifunction display The driver uses the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to navigate through the system and to adjust settings Cruise control Driving convenience system for auto matically maintaining the vehicle speed set by the driver Distronic A driving convenience cruise control system which helps the driver maintain a pre selected speed e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead the system operates in the same way as conventional gt cruise con trol e lf aslower moving vehicle is ahead Distronic will reduce your vehicle s
106. the brake pedal The cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 223 The cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine The cruise control automatically switches off if you step on the brake pedal you depress the parking brake pedal In this case the segments in the multifunction display gt page 147 go out and no warning sounds the vehicle speed is below 20 mph 30 km h the ESP is in operation or switched off with the ESP switch gt page 88 you move the gear selector lever to position N while driving The segments in the multifunction display gt page 147 go out and an acoustic warning sounds Moving the gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels the cruise control However the gear selector lever should not be moved to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skid ding e g on icy roads Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last speed set Setting a higher speed gt Lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q gt page 223 and hold it up until the desired speed is reached gt Release
107. the door with force The door or the window could otherwise be damaged To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO to high levels of electro magnetic radiation USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking You can also open and close the power windows gt page 214 and tilt sliding sunroof gt page 219 using the SmartKey When you unlock the vehicle the electro hydraulic brake system is acti vated gt page 89 Important notes on using KEYLESS GO You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 98 You can comb
108. the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Lamp circuit headlamp in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Lamp circuit headlamp O manuali constant 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2086 31 gt Press button or E to select manual operation manual or daytime running lamp mode constant With daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch at position BQ or Wg the low beam headlamps are switched on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the follow ing lamps will switch on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see Lighting gt page 134 I O For safety reasons resetting the Lighting submenu to factory settings while driving gt page 157 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode The following message appears in the multifunction display Cannot be com pletely reset to factory settings while driving Controls in detail Control system Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position M the following lamps will switch on during darkness when the vehi cle is unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side
109. the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehi cle model identification number and color are generated Controls in detail Useful features A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the accident provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operation al Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the response cen ter Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Response Center A If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message Call failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Warning Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually P54
110. the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads Drive The transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Controls in detail Automatic transmission Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also position P alone is not intended to or capable of preventing your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 51 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Automatic transmission Driving tips l
111. them to the proper pressure Driving on a significant ly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv er s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the mal function indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended Practical hints What to do if TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of in compatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing One or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure t
112. them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seri ously impair the operating safety of your ve hicle Warning See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev er turn off the engine while driving A Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage to and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden strong vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your haz ard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Warning Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair fa cility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle E eee Proper use of the v
113. themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through exposure to extreme heat or cold Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts gt D For information on head restraint adjust ment see Seats gt page 39 b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety If children open a door they could e injure other persons e get out of the car and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place For more in formation see Loading gt page 246 and Useful features gt page 251 Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Infant and child restraint systems Use only a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child restraint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder be
114. three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and be gin directly with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Step 3 gt Hold the end of the hand held remote control of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to12 cm away from the signal trans mitter button or to be pro grammed while keeping the indicator lamp in view Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously press the hand held remote control button 6 and the desired signal trans mitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is com pleted The indicator lamp Q will flash first Slowly and then rapidly Controls in detail Useful features gt F ag Rolling code programming The indicator lamp Q flashes immedi If the indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly To train a garage door opener or other ately the first time the signal transmit for about 2 seconds and then turnstoa rolling code devices with the rolling code ter button is programmed If this button constant light continue with feature follow these instructions after has already been programmed the in programming steps 8 through 12 as completing the Programming portion dicator lamp will only start flashing af your garage door opener may be steps 1 through 6 of this text
115. tral locking gt page 122 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed tow ing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chas sis frame or Suspension parts The selector lever will remain locked in position P and the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged For more information see Battery gt page 431 or Jump starting gt page 435 Manual unlocking of the transmission selector lever gt page 404 Practical hints Towing the vehicle Installing towing eye bolt P88 20 2640 31 1 Cover on right side of front bumper To remove cover gt Press mark on cover in direction of ar row gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for towing eye bolt gt D Practical hints Towing the vehicle gt gt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the To remove cover tool kit located in the storage compart gt Press mark on cover in the direction of ment under the trunk floor the arrow gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and gt Fold cover down to reveal the threaded tighten with lug wrench hole for the towing eye bolt To reinstall cover The towing eye bolt is supplied with the gt Fit cover and snap into place tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor REAT ON venice gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten
116. turned off could result in a discharged battery Deactivating automatic control gt Press switch G The interior lighting remains switched off in darkness even when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open a door e open the trunk Controls in detail Lighting Activating automatic control gt Press switch G The interior lighting switches on in darkness when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open a door e open the trunk The interior lighting switches off after a preset time gt page 167 a If the door remains open the interior lamps switch off automatically after approximately 5 minutes An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Controls in detail Lighting Manual control Switching front rear interior lighting on and off gt Press front rear interior lighting switch or 2 to switch on the desired interior light gt Press front rear interior lighting switch or 2 again to switch off the respective interior light Switching front reading lamps on and off The front reading lamps are located in low er edge of the interior rear view mirror gt Press front reading lamp switch or to switch on the desired front reading lamp gt Press front reading lamp switch or again to switch off the respective front reading lamp Interior lig
117. up maintenance display 339 Checking tire inflation pressure 313 Check engine oil level 295 Display digital speedometer gt Press button DVA or EAN repeatedly until the digital soeedometer appears in the multifunction display AUDIO menu The functions in the Audio menu operate the audio equipment which you currently have turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO off is shownin the multifunction display The following functions are available Function Page Select radio station 153 Select satellite radio station 154 Operate CD player 154 Controls in detail Control system Select radio station gt Turn on COMAND and select radio Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the multifunction display a 2 i i 1 FM Z f2 F 149 5 MI Pod 32 2478 31 1 Waveband setting 2 Station frequency gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly until the desired station is found Controls in detail Control system You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio see separate operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Select satellite radio station USA only The satellite radio is treated as a radio application gt Select SAT radio with the correspond ing softkey in the radio menu 4 SAT I sp
118. vehi cles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear All of the above as may apply to your vehi cle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should Keep tires at the recommended infla tion pressures Remove unnecessary loads Remove roof rack when not in use Allow engine to warm up under low load use Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Mainte nance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance System Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly area Drinking and driving A Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina tions Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Warning The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take d
119. vehicle from movement by set ting the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to position N Now you have more room to take out the insert gt Push sliding button 2 to the right and hold gt Grip and remove insert from ashtray frame Controls in detail Useful features Reinstalling ashtray insert gt Install insert by pushing it back into frame until it engages again Rear door ashtray 2 Insert slides out 3 Ashtray Opening rear seat ashtray gt Briefly press the top of the ashtray 1 The ashtray opens Removing ashtray insert gt Push sliding button Q and remove insert 2 upwards from ashtray frame Reinstalling ashtray insert Install insert by pushing it back into ashtray frame until it engages again Cigarette lighter Warning A N Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury The cigarette lighter is located in the cen ter console compartment in front of the center armrest gt page 28 1 Cigarette lighter gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 g
120. will lock during hard braking reducing steering The ESP and the BAS are also deac capat My tivated gt Have the system checked at an authorized The electro hydraulic brake system Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible is still functioning normally but with Failure to follow these instructions increases the out the ABS available risk of an accident The ABS or the ABS display is mal gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels functioning will lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Cruise control or Distronic is mal Pb Have the cruise control or the Distronic functioning checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution Distronic External interference The Distronic is switched off andis gt Try activating the Distronic again later Reactivate temporarily unavailable Drive to workshop The Distronic is malfunctioning or pb Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as the display is malfunctioning soon as possible Currently unavailable Distronic is switched off if gt If necessary clean the Distronic cover in the See Operator s Manual area of the radiator grille gt page 346 e the Distronic cover in the area of the radiator grille is dir
121. with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Safety and Security Driving safety systems Electro hydraulic brake system The electro hydraulic brake system com bines a hydraulic brake circuit with elec tronically controlled brake servo assistance You have increased braking safety and improved braking comfort Warning A N Never ignore a brake malfunction indicated in the speedometer display for example by the USA only or Canada only warning lamp Refer to the Practical hints section gt page 354 Also read and ob serve the messages in the multifunction dis play gt page 363 Safety and Security Driving safety systems Warning A N The electro hydraulic brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp gt page 354 and warning messages in the instrument cluster gt page 363 come on while driving To brake the driver must then apply signifi cantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased If there is
122. work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly Maximum loaded vehicle weight gt page 333 Maximum load rating gt page 333 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 333 Memory function Used to store three individual seat steering wheel and exterior mirror posi tions MON Motor Octane Number The Motor Octane Number for gasoline as determined by a standardized meth od It is an indication of a gasoline s ability to resist undesired detonation knocking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and gt RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Multifunction display The display field in the instrument clus ter used to present information provid ed by the control system Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel with buttons for operat ing the control system Normal occupant weight gt page 333 Overspeed range Engine speeds within the red marking on the tachometer dial Avoid this engine speed range as it may result in serious engine damage that is not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Parktronic Parking assist system which uses visual and acoustic signals to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers Poly V belt drive Drives engine components alternator AC compressor etc from the engine Power train Collective term designating all compo nents used to generate and transmit
123. you must stow the luggage bowl in the trunk Practical hints Flat tire MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator or the Advanced TPMS Canada only gt page 314 The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 30 miles 50 km if the vehicle is par tially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driv ing distance begins in emergency mode is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Practical hints Flat tire Warning N o not continue driving in emergency mode i In emergency mode your vehicle s driving e you notice knocking sounds characteristics are diminished in such situa e the vehicle starts to shake tions as e smoke develops and you smell rubber e driving around curves one 6 e ESP is intervening continuously e while braking e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls e while accelerating rapidly After driving in emergency mode you must Therefore your driving style must be adapt have the rims inspected by an authorized ed accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and Mercedes Benz Center to
124. 0 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h e the ESP is activated gt page 86 If Distronic has not been activated after pressing the cruise control lever you will see the message in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate Distronic e upto 2 minutes after starting the engine e when you brake e if you have set the parking brake e if the gear selector lever is in position P Ror N e if the ESP is switched off Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift or depress the cruise control lever Distronic is activated and the current speed Is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off the accelerator completely the following message will appear in the multifunc tion display Distronic override The distance to a slower moving vehi cles in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Setting a higher speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q gt page 231 to increase vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds gt page 231 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on on the spe
125. 0 mph 50 km h For more infor mation refer to Towing the vehicle gt page 437 If the electro hydraulic brake system enters its emergency operation mode the driver must apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much fur ther than normal to obtain braking effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased problem Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid res ervoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Eg If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages USA only engine Canada only Visit workshop Coolant Check level Warning A N Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned Possible cause consequence There may be a malfunction in the e fuel injection system e ignition system e exhaust system e fuel system The coolant level is too low Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the me
126. 2 REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXN kg or XXX Ibs OREA sion ste REAR P195 70RI4 200KPA 29S ADDITIONAL FORMATION P40 00 2062 31 1 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard Operation Tires and wheels The placard showing the load limit informa tion is located on the driver s door B pillar If your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Placard Example B VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION CLE CAPACITY WEIGHT KG LBS a WEHICLE SEATING CAPACITY 1 Load limit information on the Vehicle Tire Information placard The placard showing the load limit informa tion is located on the driver s door B pillar If your vehicle is equipped with the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue if applicable should never exceed the weight listed next to vehicle capacity weight Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occ
127. 2 Trip odometer 3 Automatic transmission program mode 4 Main odometer Current gear selector lever position Above illustration shows the standard display For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus gt page 150 Controls in detail Control system Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system gt page 147 are controlled by the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display in the speed ometer Operating the control system Selecting the submenu or setting the volume Press button up to increase E down to decrease 3 Telephone Press button to take a call to end a call Menu systems Press button for next menu for previous menu Moving within a menu Press button Wag for next display B for previous display Depending on the selected menu gt page 151 pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what is shown in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under Audio for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of th
128. 334 Vehicle jack 399 Vehicle level Setting Automatic 241 Vehicle level control system Airmatic DC 238 Vehicle lighting Checking 291 Vehicle loading Cargo tie down hooks 250 Instructions 247 Load limit 306 Roof rack 246 Terminology 332 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 334 Vehicle status message memory 156 Vehicle tool kit 399 VIN 478 Voice control system 478 W Warning lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function Distronic 229 Parking brake 52 Parktronic 245 Seat belt telltale 70 Warranty coverage 445 Washing the vehicle 342 Wear pattern Tires 335 Weights Vehicle 460 Wheel Change 423 Removing 425 Tightening torque 429 Wheels Tires and 301 Window curtain air bags 70 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 347 235 Windshield X Cleaning wiper blades 347 Xenon headlamps Defogging 206 Bi Xenon 472 Windshield washer fluid 300 Messages in display 396 Refilling 300 Wiping 55 Windshield wipers 54 Fast wiper speed 54 Intermittent wiping 54 Replacing wiper blades 417 418 Wiping with windshield washer fluid 55 Winter driving Block heater Canada only 337 Snow chains 337 Tires 336 Winter driving instructions 285 Winter tires 336 Wood trims cleaning 350 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contac
129. 350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Ser vice in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of
130. 76 Self check 91 Warning lamp 89 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Emergency calls Tele Aid calls 263 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 190 Emergency operations 406 Fuel filler flap 404 Gear selector lever Unlocking 404 Locking unlocking the vehicle 402 Power tilt sliding sunroof manual operation 406 Remote door unlock 269 Trunk lid Releasing trunk from inside 120 Trunk lid Unlocking 403 Emergency tensioning device see ETD Emission control 289 Emission control information label 446 Emission control system warranties 10 Emission control vacuum line routing diagram label 446 Engine 448 Belt layout 447 Block heater Canada only 337 Break in recommendations 278 Cleaning 344 Compartment 293 Malfunction indicator lamp 355 Maximum engine speed 448 Number 473 Starting 49 Technical data 448 Turning off with the key 60 Engine compartment Hood 293 Engine oll Adding 296 Additives 464 Changing 464 Checking level 294 Consumption 294 Filler neck 297 Messages in display 295 382 383 Recommended engine oils rand oil filters 464 Viscosity 473 Engine oil level 295 ESP 86 473 Synchronizing 368 Warning lamp 353 ETD 73 473 Safety guidelines 68 Exterior lamp switch 134 Exterior rear view mirrors 44 Parking position 169 192 F First aid kit 398 Flat tire 419 Collapsible tire 426 427 Jacking up the vehicle 425 Lowering the vehicle 429 Mounting the spare wheel Preparing the vehicle 419 Spare wheel 423
131. A only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Introduction Vehicle data recording Y Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This info
132. A second ter 20 seconds equipped with the rolling code person may make the following training feature procedures quicker and easier Step 9 Step 8 gt After the indicator lamp Q changes uae gt Locate training button on the garage from a slow to a rapidly flashing light gt To program the remaining two signal door opener motor head unit release the hand held remote control transmitter buttons repeat the steps button and the signal transmitter but above starting with step 3 Exact location and color of the button ton may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the Step 6 training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener operator s manual gt Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe the indicator lamp Q If the indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and released 272 Step 9 gt Press the training button on the ga rage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing two steps Step 10 gt Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the pro grammed signal transmitter bu
133. ANUAL FOR _200KPA 29 51 ADDITIONAL i sion P40 00 27064 31 1 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example A lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example B VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHIq LE CAPACITY WEIGHT KG IELBS SEATI IG CAPACITY zzz 1 Vehicle Tire Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example B lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Placard Example B may list recommended cold tire inflation pressures for different vehicle loads Important notes on tire inflation pressure A If the tire inflation pressure repeatedly drops Warning e Check the tires for punctures from foreign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the placard on the inside of the f
134. Accelerator position Your driving style influences the transmission s shifting behavior Less throttle Earlier upshifting More throttle Later upshifting Kickdown Use kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease on the accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Stopping When you stop briefly e g at traffic lights gt Leave the transmission in gear gt Hold the vehicle with the brake When you stop longer with the engine idling and or on a hill gt Set the parking brake gt Move the gear selector lever to position P Maneuvering When you maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into a parking space gt Control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes gt Accelerate gently gt Never abruptly step on the accelerator Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle set the parking brake and move gear selector lever to position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away Gear ranges With the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic shift program C or S gt page 182 you can select a gear range for the automatic transmission to operate within Gear selector lever gt page 183 You can limit the gear range by pressing the gear selector lever to the left D
135. Aspect ratio in 3 Radial tire code 4 Rim diameter Tire load rating 6 Tire speed rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width The tire width G gt page 322 indicates the nominal tire width in mm Aspect ratio The aspect ratio 2 gt page 322 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Operation Tires and wheels Tire code The tire code gt page 322 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diag Onal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias
136. Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt After attaining a tire inflation pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar press O on electric air pump switch 8 The electric air pump should now be switched off gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O gt page 36 gt Detach the electric air pump The air hose may still be hot Please exercise appropriate caution Place the electrical air pump back in the trunk Close the trunk lid Drive off immediately The TIREFIT sealant will distribute itself evenly inside the tire A Warning Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instru ment cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt After driving the vehicle for an initial 10 minutes check the tire inflation pressure using pressure gauge 9 on the air pump A If tire inflation pressure has fallen below 20 psi 1 3 bar do not continue to drive the vehicle Warning Park your vehicle safely away from the road way and contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Roadside Assistance If tire inflation pressure is at least 20 psi 1 3 bar inflate tire to correct pres sure see placard on the driver s door B pillar and drive vehicle to nearest tire re pair facility to ha
137. Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with limited run flat characteristics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in dam age that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended tires see MOExtended system gt page 321 Technical data Rims and tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimen tal effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and dif ferent tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehi cle may be the result Technical data Rims and tires Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pres sures is located on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have sup plemental tire inflation pressure infor mation for driving at high speeds page 312 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle con dition If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and sho
138. N sure there is enough clearance and that the Floormats floormats are securely fastened Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Floormats should always be securely fas tened using eyelets 2 and retainer pins Q Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if nec essary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Removing Radio transmitters such as a portable tele A gt Pull floormats off of retainer pins Q phone or a citizens band unit should only 1 Retainer pins E E N be used inside the vehicle if they are con 2 Eyelets nected to an antenna that is installed on Q Installing the outside of the vehicle To install or remove the floormat more gt Lay down the floormat easily move the driver s seat or front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible gt page 40 jo P68 00 3871 31 The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho gt Press the floormat eyelets 2 onto re rized Mercedes Benz Center for informa tainer pins tion on the installation of an approved external antenna Refer to the radio trans
139. Oo OC Item Page Ashtray 257 KEYLESS GO start stop 37 button Selector lever for automatic 49 transmission 178 Parking assist Parktronic 242 system deactivation switch Adaptive damping system 238 ADS switch e Item Vehicle level control switch Thumbwheel for setting dis tance in Distronic Distance warning function on off switch Program mode selector switch for automatic trans mission Page 239 234 2395 182 At a glance Overhead control panel Y Overhead control panel Item Page Item Page G4 Rear interior lighting on off 141 Hands free microphones for Automatic interior lighting 141 Tele Aid emergency call ee oe ie as system telephone and 3 Front interior lighting on off 141 voice control system see 4 Temperature sensor separate operating instruc Right reading lamp on off 141 tions Tilt sliding sunroof 219 Garage door opener zit Tele Aid emergency call 261 Left reading lamp 141 system button 3 Tow away alarm button if 95 Rear view mirror 191 equipped 9 Right reading lamp 141 Ambient lighting 106 5 Interior lighting Left reading lamp on off 141 PB2 00 2377 31 At a glance Storage compartments P68 00 4112 31 Item C1 Glove box 2 Front passenger seat storage compartment with first aid kit 3 Door pocket 4 Ashtray Ruffled storage bag Door pocket 7 Side storage pocket in trunk Luggage
140. Parking brake 51 59 Message in display 375 Parking lamps 412 Replacing bulbs Switching on Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors 133 Parktronic 242 Activating deactivating 245 Minimum distance 243 Range 242 Warning indicators 244 Parktronic system Parking assist see Parktronic 415 134 Parktronic 475 Cleaning system sensors 347 Malfunctioning 245 Warning sounds 245 Parts service 444 Passenger compartment Interior lighting 141 Interior rear view mirror 44 Main fuse box 442 Parcel net in the front passenger footwell 254 Passenger safety see occupant safety 64 Pedals 279 Phone number Redialing 175 Plastic parts cleaning 349 Poly V belt drive 475 Layout 447 Positions Memory function Recalling from memory 132 Storing into memory 132 Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires 321 Power assistance 280 Power outlet 259 Power seat Adjusting backrest tilt 40 Adjusting head restraint height 41 Adjusting head restraint tilt 41 Adjusting seat cushion tilt 40 Adjusting seat height 40 Memory function 131 Seat fore and aft adjustment 40 Power tilt sliding sunroof 219 Messages in display 392 Opening closing 219 Opening closing in an emergency 406 Stopping 220 synchronizing 221 Power train 476 Power washer 343 Power windows 214 Automatic opening automatic closing 216 Cleaning 347 Operating 214 Rear door window Blocking Operation 82 Side windows 214 synchronizing 216 P
141. Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in for eign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat alytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Introduction Operator s Manual Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail able for delivery in Europe under our Euro pean Delivery Program For details consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator Each section has its own reference color GS M At a glance Here you will find an overview of all the controls that can be operated from the drivers seat E Getting started
142. Service A in XX Days Service A in X Day Service A due now The maintenance services will be indicated by showing a service type A through type H in the multifunction display Types A through H are classified based on estimat ed time needed to perform the mainte nance service ranging from Service A Operation Maintenance approx 1 hour to Service H approx 8 hours Y L 7 J 1 Service A in 223 Miles HEFE 149 8 MI i P54 32 3563 31 Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing of maintenance services and intervals they need to be performed at ap Vehicles equipped with FSS PLUS Flexible Service System PLUS only Canada vehicles The interval be tween maintenance services depends on your driving habits A gentle driving style moderate engine speeds and the avoidance of short distance trips will lengthen the interval between services Operation Maintenance Clearing the maintenance service gt Press the reset button Q on the Calling up the maintenance service indicator instrument cluster indicator The maintenance service indicator mes The maintenance service indicator i You can call up the maintenance service sage is automatically cleared after message is cleared and the standard T l l l indicator display at any time to check 30 seconds when you switch on the display appears in the multifunction l bad ech when the next maintenance service is due ignition or wh
143. Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Depending on wether you are turning left or right switch on the left or right turn signal gt page 53 The respective front fog lamp comes on and illuminates the road onto which you are turning Controls in detail Lighting The corner illuminating front fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle Switching off corner illuminating front fog lamps The combination switch for the turn signal resets automatically after major steering wheel movements This will switch off the corner illuminating front fog lamps if they where activated by switching on the left or right turn signal If the turn signal should stay on after mak ing the turn the turn signal and corner illu minating front fog lamps can be switched off by returning the combination switch to its original position Controls in detail Lighting Driving rearward Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Place the gear selector lever in position R The inverse front fog lamp comes on automatically depending on the steer Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter swi
144. The driver s seat belt is not fastened before pb Fasten the driver s seat belt the engine is started The telltale goes out Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution Fy The red SRS indicator lamp There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added caution to the near comes on while driving tems The air bags or emergency tensioning est authorized Mercedes Benz devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or Center fail to activate in an accident Warning A N In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in an accident and or injury to you or to others Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution Combination low tire The Advanced TPMS detects a loss of pres Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt pressure TPMS malfunction tell sure in at least one tire avoiding abrupt steering and braking tale for the Advanced TPMS illu maneuvers Observe the traffic situa minates continuously tion around you gt Read and observe messages in the multi
145. Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it gt page 114 To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times Closing the trunk and locking the vehicle from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem and KEYLESS GO you can close the trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch 1 KEYLESS GO locking closing switch You can close the trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneously gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press switch Q briefly e All turn signal lamps flash three times e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed You can also close the trunk by hand If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Warning A N Moni
146. Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze gt page 470 on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned for plastic lenses Improper washer flu id can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or commercially available premixed wind shield washer solvent antifreeze de Fluid for the windshield washer system and pending on ambient temperatures the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the windshield washer reservoir It Always use washer solvent antifreeze has a capacity of approximately 7 4 US qt where temperatures may fall below 7 freezing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer sys tem reservolr a an al rf 7 e lt A B AMA Se e i 1 Washer fluid reservoir Vv Tires and wheels See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommend ed rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice con cerning tire service and purchase Warning A N Replace rims or tires with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension compo nents can be da
147. a seat belt to secure infant or toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Check your seat belt periodically dur ing travel to make sure that it is proper ly positioned Make sure that the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Warning A N Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Starting the engine Getting started Automatic transmission Warning A N Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause un consciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected P Park position with gear selector lever immediately If you must drive under these lo
148. a speed rating of up to 149 mph 240 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h CLS 500 Sport Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of up to 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h CLS 55 AMG Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of up to 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h CLS 55 AMG Performance Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of up to 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 186 mph 300 km h For information on speed rating for winter tires see Winter driving gt page 336 For additional general information on tire speed markings on tire sidewall see Tire speed rating gt page 324 Operation Driving instructions Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move gear selector lever to position N Try to keep the ve
149. acity weight gt page 334 Vehicle level control The ground clearance of the vehicle is automatically controlled according toa selected setting and speed The driver can set the ground clearance manually for example on very rough roads Voice control system Voice control system for car phones portable cell phones and audio sys tems radio CD etc A ABS 84 Indicator lamp 352 Messages in display 365 Accelerator position 180 Accessory weight 332 Accident 57 Active head restraint 74 124 Adjusting 39 Airbags 65 BabySmart air bag deactivation system 471 Children 78 Children in the vehicle 66 Front Driver 69 Front Passenger 69 Safety guidelines 68 Side impact 70 Window curtain 70 Air conditioning Cooling 209 Air distribution 204 Air pressure 332 IM Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pump electric 428 Air recirculation mode 206 Airvents 197 Rear passenger compartment 210 Airvolume 205 Airmatic DC Message in display 396 397 Airmatic DC Dual Control 238 Alarm Audible 83 Canceling 95 Visual 93 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 399 425 Anticorrosion antifreeze 468 Antilock brake system see ABS Anti theft systems 93 Anti theft alarm system 93 Immobilizer 93 Tow away alarm 95 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Ashtrays 257 Aspect ratio 332 At the gas station 290 AUDIO menu 153 Audio system CD mode 154 Auto dimming Rear view mirrors 191 Automatic ce
150. ad life and riding comfort Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Operation Tires and wheels TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchases the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identifica tion mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufac turers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only Nag in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grad
151. age 198 or gt page 199 is cleared Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control The air conditioning switches automatically to the following functions cooling on to dehumidify maximum blowing and heating power depends on cooling temperature air flows onto the windshield and the front side windows the air recirculation mode is switched off Deactivating gt Press button Keg or gt page 198 or gt page 199 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out Defrosting is turned off The previous settings are once again in effect I The cooling remains switched on Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Windshield fogged on the outside Keep this setting selected only until the windshield is clear again gt Switch windshield wipers on gt page 54 gt Press button BGR gt page 198 or gt page 199 The indicator lamp on the button comes on AUTO appears in the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically If the automatic mode of the climate con trol is switched off gt Turn air distribution control and to or FM gt page 198 or gt page 199 Maximum cooling MAX COOL If the left and right air distribution controls as well as the airflow volume control are set to Egy and there is a high need for cooling the display MAX COOL appears in
152. age bags Ruffled storage bags are located on the back of the front seats Warning A N The ruffled storage bag is intended for stor ing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net In an accident during hard brak ing or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants P68 00 3873 31 The ruffled storage bag cannot protect transported goods in the event of an acci dent Parcel net in front passenger footwell Fia m eo a E ta k tg r A E E i P6B 00 4036 31 A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Warning A N The parcel net is intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net In an accident during hard brak ing or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Cup holders Warning UN In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equip ment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially ho
153. al hints What to do if USA only O Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on when the engine is running and you hear a warning sound A Driving with the brake warning lamp illumi nated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Warning Possible cause consequence You are driving with the parking brake set There is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Suggested solution gt gt Release the parking brake Observe the additional message in the multifunction display Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 376 Risk of accident Do not drive any further Consult a Mercedes Benz Service Center Under no circum stances should you top up the brake fluid This will not solve the problem Ba If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if
154. alfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 147 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 24 or button ENN Bed or on the multifunction steering wheel Other messages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button or button EAN ied or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the vehicle status message memory gt page 156 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the mes sage to appear Practical hints What to do if A All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury Practical hints What to do if
155. ally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads A Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 86 If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument clus ter stays on there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system gt page 89 or the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the res ervoir Have the brake system inspected by quali fied technicians immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz Operation Driving instructions A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning Be certain to read and observe the warning notices on brake pad replacement gt pag
156. amaged by road debris potholes etc Operation Tires and wheels MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator or the Advanced TPMS Canada only gt page 314 For information on driving in case of pres sure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical hints section gt page 429 Operation Tires and wheels Tire labeling Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 3561 31 1 Uniform Quality Grading Standards gt page 329 2 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN gt page 327 3 Maximum tire load gt page 328 4 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 329 Manufacturer 6 Tire ply material gt page 331 7 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 322 Load identification gt page 326 9 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 449 Tire size designation load and speed rating 1 Tire width 2
157. an operate the climate control sys tem in either the automatic or manual mode Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode gt page 209 is deactivated Warning Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Severe conditions e g strong air pollu tion may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 217 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris Do not obstruct air flow by placing ob jects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Deactivating the climate control system Deactivating gt Press button gt page 198 or gt page 199 until the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 is cleared The climate control system is deacti vated Warning A N When the c
158. ance of 2 to 5 inches 5 to 12 cm away or the same angle at varying distances If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Controls in detail Useful features Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experi ence further difficulties with program ming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment a Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer en
159. and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the gear selector lever to the right D Steering wheel gearshift control gt page 184 You can limit the gear range by pressing the respective downshift button on the steering wheel gearshift control and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the respective upshift button on the steering wheel gearshift control The selected gear range appears in the multifunction display gt page 177 If you press on the accelerator when the engine has reached its rpm limit the transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Effect WA The transmission shifts through sixth gear only applies to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission only The transmission shifts through fifth gear only applies to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission only WH The transmission shifts through fourth gear only Controls in detail Automatic transmission Effect The transmission shifts through third gear only With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine The transmission shifts through second gear only Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions The transmission operates in first gear only For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Controls in detail Automatic transmission
160. and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased Adjust your driving style according ly For more information refer to Electro hydraulic brake system gt page 89 Disconnecting the battery Warning With a disconnected battery e you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch and pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever will have no effect e the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P Depress parking brake firmly or move gear selector lever to position P Turn off all electrical consumers Remove SmartKey from starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the start stop button until the engine shuts off gt Open the driver s door Practical hints Battery Open the trunk Removing the battery Charging and reinstalling the battery r ead and observe safety instructions gt Remove the screw nuts securing the and precautions gt page 431 Remove the luggage box gt page 401 Disconnect battery negative lead 2 Remove cover Q from the positive ter minal Disconnect the battery positive lead battery Remove the battery bracket Pull out the battery ventilation tube from the battery depending on battery arrangement in your vehicle model
161. and or move the gear selec tor lever from position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious injury Getting started Parking and locking Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an in cline position P alone may not prevent your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb Switching off headlamps gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WJ gt page 53 For more information see Lighting gt page 134 Getting started Parking and locking Turning off engine gt Shift the automatic transmission to position P gt page 178 gt Apply the parking brake gt page 59 Always set the parking brake in addi tion to shifting to position P page 178 On slopes turn the front wheels to wards the road curb Turning off with the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch gt page 36 to position O gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated Turning off with KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 to turn off the en gine With the driver s door closed the start er switch is now in position 1 With the drive
162. ar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPato 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure Is bars There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Maximum tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Operation Tires and wheels PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure gt bar kilopascal kPa Recommended tire inflation pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure listed on placard located on driver s door B pillar for normal driving conditions Provides best handling tre
163. arter switch positions necessary gt page 433 If you firmly depress the brake pedal dur ing pressing KEYLESS GO start stop but e Geta jump start gt page 435 i ton the engine starts automatically To prevent accelerated battery dis ey P54 25 4632 31 charge or a completely discharged KEYLESS GO start stop button battery always remove the SmartKey The function of the SmartKey overrules USA onl from the starter switch when the en the KEYLESS GO function ph 2 Canada only The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be For information on starting the engine us located in the vehicle ing the SmartKey see Starting with the gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set SmartKey gt page 50 to P gine is not in operation gt Do not depress the brake pedal Getting started Unlocking Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status O as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electrical consumers such as seat adjustment If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once again the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers This supplies power to all electrica
164. as soon as possible The electro hydraulic brake system Failure to follow these instructions increases the is still functioning normally but with risk of an accident out the ESP available The ESP is deactivated because the gt Synchronize the ESP With the vehicle sta power supply was interrupted tionary turn the steering wheel completely to The electro hydraulic brake system ban and then to the right to synchronize the is still functioning normally but with out the ESP available If the ESP message does not go out gt Continue driving with added caution Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident both directions as far as it will go with out the wheels hitting any objects e g a road curb Practical hints What to do if Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution ESP Display malfunction The ESP or the ESP display is mal Continue driving with added caution Visit workshop functioning gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident P Gear selector lever You have attempted to turn off the Place the gear selector lever in position P TEPATE engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the gear selector lever not in P You have opened the drive
165. ashing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a luke warm solution To prevent scratches do not use scour ing agents Operation Vehicle care Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure To prevent scratches do not use scour ing agents Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thor oughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the car pets Operation Vehicle care Headliner and shelf below rear window gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry sham poo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight Warning AN Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Leather upholstery gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle Do no
166. ating With the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter Switch The immobilizer is activated With KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton once The engine is turned off gt Open the drivers door Deactivating With the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 gt page 36 With KEYLESS GO gt Start the engine by means of the start stop button on the gear selector lever In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Safety and Security Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activat ing element a door for example is imme diately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e someone attempts to raise the vehicle only vehicles with tow away alarm e the vehicle is opened with the mechan ical key e someone opens a door from the inside e someone opens the trunk with the emergency release button Safety and Security Anti theft systems Arming the alarm system gt Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or If the alarm stays on for more than The indicato
167. ation number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals Controls in detail Useful features While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing NAVI button on the COMAND System unit A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for assistance Controls in detail Useful features The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may ap ply Refer to the Roadside Assistance Man ual for more information These programs are only available in the USA Sign and Drive services Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable o The indicator lamp on the Roadside Assistance button remains illumi nated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on the igni tion together with the SOS button and the Information button RSM See system self check gt page 263 if the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp on the Roadside Assistance button is flashing continuo
168. azard warning flasher 140 Interior lighting in the front 141 Interior lighting in the rear 142 Door entry lamps ccceeeeeeeees 143 Trunk LEIMID snes sccccvasteesscainaoseesecacdans 143 Instrument CIUStEL eee ceeeeeee ees 144 Instrument cluster illumination 144 Coolant temperature indicator 145 Trip odometer ccceeeceeeceeeeeees 146 TaAChOmMetel cccsseccceesseeceeseees 146 Outside temperature indicator 146 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 0006 190 Control system ccsesccccceseceeeeees 147 Good visibility cece esseeceeeseeeeees 191 Multifunction display 066 147 Headlamp cleaning system 191 Multifunction steering wheel 148 Rear VIEW MIITOIS cseecceeeeeeees 191 MEnISs zoinen a 150 DUA VISONS aE AEREE 193 Standard display Menu 153 Rear window sunshade 194 AUDIO MENU viva sceseesseasecectwesaiers 153 Rear window defroster 4 195 NAV ITIOD Use casuaceneeneteaesuacoatyancetens 155 4 zone automatic climate control 196 Distroit Men sor 155 Deactivating the climate control Vehicle status message memory SYS TON ep tcaeebathecsstnoeseaeeetareatess 201 Menene ane 156 Operating the climate control Settings MenU ssssesssseessserssseces 157 system in automatic mode 202 Trip computer MeNU 06c088
169. box under the trunk floor 9 Door pocket Ruffled storage bag QD Ashtray A Door pocket Page 251 398 258 254 401 254 258 Item 3 Driver s seat storage compart ment Sun visor card clip 5 Storage tray or CD changer Parcel net in front passenger footwell 7 Ashtray with cigarette lighter Cup holders Storage compartment under the center armrest Cup holder in the rear center console i Rear storage compartment in the rear center console 2 Cup holder in the rear armrest 3 Storage compartment in the rear armrest Page 253 193 292 254 257 295 252 256 253 257 253 At a glance Storage compartments At a glance Door control panel Inside door handle Seat adjustment Memory function for stor ing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel settings Exterior rear view mirror ad jJustment Switches for opening clos ing front and rear side win dows rear window override switch Remote trunk release switch Trunk opening clos ing system ee a LS Getting started Unlocking Adjusting Driving Parking and locking Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will provide you with further information The corresponding page
170. by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driv en no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with stan dard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passen gers and Cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GWV must never exceed the GWVR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passen gers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on certification label located on the driver s door B pill
171. cators TWI be come visible at approximately WEG in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches Ue in 3 mm Operation Driving instructions Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire become visible at a tread depth of approx imately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced the adhesion properties on a wet road are Hydroplaning sharply reduced Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies The treadwear indicator appears as a solid widely band across the tread Specified tire inflation pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subjected to high loads e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temper atures Operation Driving instructions Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attent
172. ccsssscccseeseees 93 IMMODINIZEL eeeeccceeseeeceesecceeeees 93 Anti theft alarm system 0 93 Tow away alarm ecccceeeecceeeeeeee ees 95 A Memory FUNCTION cccesececceeeeees Controls in detail ceeeeeeees 97 Locking and unlocking ccseeeceeees 98 SmartKey scsicsrccshcccveaucnnsanennde ied eannien 98 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 103 Opening the doors from the inside 111 Opening the trunk seeeeees 112 Closing the trunk cccceeeeeees 114 Trunk emergency release 120 Valet locking cccceeeecccsseseeeeeeees 121 Automatic central locking 122 Locking and unlocking from the inside ceeecceceesececeeseeeeees 122 OIC E AT 124 Front seat active head restraint 124 Rear seat head restraints 124 Lumbar SUPPOFt ccceecceeeeees 125 Multicontour seat s 126 Drive Dynamic seat with multicontour features 60 127 Seat Neating cccssesceeeseeeeees 128 Seat ventilation cece eee eee eeee Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory 132 Storing exterior rear view mirror parking POSITION cece eeeeeeceee ees 133 TENA saruri ieie tore 134 Exterior lamp switch 08 134 Combination switch 0006 138 Corner illuminating front fog lamps CLS with Bi Xenon headlamps 139 H
173. ce and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de tailed information on operating maintain ing and caring for your vehicle The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satis fied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than ae of maximum rpm in each gear e Avoid accelerating by kick down e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the selector lever e Select positions 3 2 or 1 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving e Select C as the preferred shift program gt page 182 for the first 1000 miles 1500 km After 1000 miles 1500 km you may grad ually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum T Additional instructions for AMG
174. cedes Benz Center The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Reserve fuel Check gas cap see Operator s Manual Hood open Possible cause consequence Possible solution The fuel level has dropped below the re gt Refuel at the next gas station serve mark gt page 290 A loss of pressure has been detected in gt Check the fuel cap gt page 290 the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Close the fuel cap If it is not closed properly If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You are driving with the hood open gt Close the hood gt page 293 Display symbol Display messages Key still in vehicle Keyless Go Check system Do not forget key Remove key Replace key Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO leftinthe Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle vehicle was recognized while locking the vehicle from the outside The KEYLESS GO system is malfunction Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz ing Center as soon as possible This display appears fora maximum of
175. ceeeeseeceees 336 Block heater Canada only 3237 Snow CHAINS cccncscenenceveseanbecneonanances 337 Maintenance csccccseeseeceesescenes 339 Maintenance service indicator IMECSSARE cccesccensssccnseccensceeeens 339 Calling up the maintenance service INGICATOS seecceeseeeees 340 Resetting the maintenance service INGICATON seecceeeeeeees 341 Vehicle Care ceecccceesseccsesseeceeseees 342 Cleaning and care of vehicle 342 Practical hints cc eeeeeceeeees 351 What to do if ots csseccecacerssamctsonesaatawst 352 Lamps in instrument cluster 352 Lamp in center console 362 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 006 363 Where will I find cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 398 First aid Kit eee ceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 398 TE TRIE eisenos 398 Spare WHEE ccceccssssccesecceeees 398 Vehicle tool kit 399 Luggage DOK seeeecceeeeccceeeeceeeeeees 401 Unlocking locking in an emergency 402 Unlocking the vehicle 6668 402 Locking the vehicle cc008 403 Fuel filler flap emergency release 404 Manually unlocking the gear selector lever ccccecsssseeeeseees 404 Opening closing in an emergency 406 Power tilt sliding sunroof 406 Resetting activated head restraints 407 Replacing SmartKey batteries 408 SmartKey c
176. ceesccccsssseceeeseccneeees 408 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 409 Replacing DulbS cececceeeeeceeeeeeees 411 PUID e 411 Replacing bulbs for front lamps 414 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps 416 Replacing wiper blades 66 417 Removing wiper blades 417 Installing wiper blades 418 Be FeO Sates os ctawrsa E T 419 Preparing the vehicle 0006 419 Sealing tires with TIREFIT 419 Mounting the spare wheel 423 MOExtended systeM ccccccseeees 429 AUC PTEE AE E E 431 Disconnecting the battery 432 Removing the battery 00 433 Charging and reinstalling the battery ssssnssseeesseerssseessssesssereses 433 Reconnecting the battery 434 Jump STAITIN GS sicsccssercsverzoteassasiesiaiaciacsss 435 Towing the vehicle ccssescceseeeees 437 Installing towing eye bolt 439 SOC Cree rr re ee ee 441 Aids for replacing fuses 441 Main fuse box in passenger COMPAItMENL cceecceecceeeeeeeeees 442 Fuse box in trunk eee eee eeeee 442 a a Technical data cccceccceeec wees 443 Parts SENICE cerier oniani 444 Warranty COVElaZE cceccccsesceceeeees 445 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet 000 445 Identification labels c eee cee 446 Layout of poly V belt drive 447
177. ched off at set ting 0 Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off Use this function to set whether you would like the exterior lamps to remain on for 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors With the delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position Eig before the engine is turned off the following lamps will switch on when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically switch off after 60 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting Submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see Headlamps delayed shut off in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Head amps delayed shut off EP i or off zo r Ell 149 8 MI P54 32 3324 31 gt Press button or E to switch Headlamps delayed shut off on or of f gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position EG before turning off the engine The headlamps delayed shut off fea ture is activated You can temporarily deactivate the de layed shut off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The delayed s
178. cing wiper blades Installing wiper blades gt Slide wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place Rotate wiper blade into position paral lel to wiper arm Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back Never open the hood when the wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center V Flat tire The CLS 55 AMG with Performance Package is equipped with a TIREFIT kit Preparing the vehicle gt Park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Set the parking brake gt Move the gear selector lever to P Vehicles with SmartKey gt Turn off the engine gt page 60 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO bu
179. ck conditions drive only with at least one win R Reverse gear dow fully open N Neutral D Drive position Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission For more information see the Controls in detail section gt page 181 Getting started Driving Starting with the SmartKey For information on turning off the engine with the SmartKey see Turning off en gine gt page 60 gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Do not depress the accelerator gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until the engine starts gt page 36 You can also use the touch start function Turn the SmartKey to position 3 and release it again immedi ately The engine then starts automati cally Starting with KEYLESS GO A Warning As long as the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise acci dentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever For information on turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see Locking with KEYLESS GO
180. ck and the other size able object as follows gt Place the wheel chock and another sizeable object on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the axle not being worked on A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into either side of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Warning Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient ca pacity jackstands before working under the vehicle P40 10 3744 31 C Wheel wrench gt On wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts ap proximately one full turn with wrench The jack take up brackets are located di rectly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings P40 10 3745 31 Q Jack take up bracket 2 Jack p gt Place jack 2 on firm ground gt Position jack 2 under take up bracket Q so that it is always vertical
181. ck the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 297 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Getting started Getting started Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your vehicle End your drive as follows Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Warning A N If you have selected the Comfort suspension tuning gt page 238 the vehicle lowers slightly when it is locked You should there fore make sure that no one Is standing near the wheel arches or lying underneath the ve hicle when it is being locked Otherwise personal injury could result Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce t
182. comes on after the engine was started or while driving For safety reasons we strongly recom mend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 359 Warning A N In the event that the EGE indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be ac tivated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessar ily which could also result in injury Improper work on the restraint systems in cluding incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unin tended activation of the SRS In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be per formed by qualified technicians Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Air bags Warning A N Air bags are designed to reduce the poten tial of injury and fatality in certain frontal impacts front air bags side impacts side impact air bags and head protection window curtain air bags or rollovers head protec tion window curtain air bags However no
183. compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartment in the center console no CD changer installed gt Press button Q to open The control panel swings out upwards and the storage compartment extends out o The storage compartment closes automatically after approximately 30 seconds Never place any medications in the storage compartment If there is a pow er failure the storage compartment cannot be opened Press button to close Storage compartment under center armrest Ss fs 1 Button to open storage compartment 2 Cover Opening gt Press button Q right or left and fold the cover 2 sideward The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the cover 2 Controls in detail Useful features Rear storage compartment in the rear Storage compartment in the rear arm Storage compartment under the driv center console rest er s seat 856 31 1 Socket gt page 259 gt Press the handle upwards and fold the 2 Cover EA AE A gt Pull tab upward gt Slide cover 2 back i gt Fold the covering forward Do not sit on or lean your body weight against the armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it Controls in detail Useful features Ruffled stor
184. ctivated the direction of travel and if available the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With COMAND switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions ap pear in the multifunction display Please refer to the COMAND manual for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Distronic menu Use the Distronic menu to display the cur rent settings for your Distronic system What information is shown in the multi function display depends on whether the Distronic system is active or inactive Please refer to the Driving systems section of this manual gt page 226 for instructions on how to activate Distronic gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following two pictures in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the multifunction display 300 200 4100 oft 143 8 MI P54 32 2479 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Controls in detail Control system Distronic activated With Distronic activated the Distronic display is shown in the multifunction dis play and one or two segments around the set speed are illu
185. ctly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the pas senger front air bag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Safety and Security Occupant safety Installation of infant and child restraint gt Head restraint must be positioned such Warning A systems that the top tether strap can pass freely MMMM between the head restraint and the top of the seat back This vehicle is equipped with tether an chorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions Make sure the tether strap is not twist ed Do not place powered on laptops cell phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart system Such signal interference may cause the indicator lam
186. d When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it gt page 114 To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles without KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk separately from the outside using the trunk closing switch C Trunk closing switch gt Press trunk closing switch Q briefly The trunk closes o You can also close the trunk by hand If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing
187. d REAR AXLE ONLY on the inside of the rim may only be fitted on the rear axle e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Tire care and maintenance A Regularly check the tires for damage Dam aged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more informa tion on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 311 Tire inspection Every time you check your tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 303 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure
188. d can at tack the paintwork as well as the underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e far e Graveland stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should imme diately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the facto ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later We have selected car care products and compiled rec
189. d cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock your vehicle Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the driver s door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Steering wheel adjustment The stalk for steering wheel adjustment is located on the steering column lower left A m pab5 2161 31 1 Adjusting steering column in or out 2 Adjusting steering column up or down gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 or gt Open the drivers door Adjusting steering column in or out gt Move stalk forward or back in the direc tion of arrow Q until a comfortable steering wheel position is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow Adjusting steering column up or down gt Move stalk up or down in the direction of arrow 2 Make sure your legs can move freely and that all the displays incl malfunc tion and indicator lamps on the instru ment cluster are clearly visible The memory function gt page 131 lets you sto
190. d the outside of one of the buttons on the steering wheel until D reappears in the multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the inside 2 of one of the buttons on the steering wheel The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Steering wheel gearshift control CLS 55 AMG The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel A 1 Right button upshift 2 Left button downshift o You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted in the automatic program mode The following instructions describe opera tion of the steering wheel gearshift control when driving in the automatic program mode C or S For instructions on operating the steering wheel gearshift control and gear selector lever in the manual program mode M see Manual shift program CLS 55 AMG gt page 187 Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehic
191. d unlocking Global locking Selective setting Global unlocking gt Press button eg If you frequently travel alone you may wish Press button twice to reprogram the SmartKey so that e All turn signal lamps flash three pressing only unlocks the driver s e All turn signal lamps flash once mince door and the fuel filler flap e An acoustic signal sounds once if e An acoustic signal sounds three equipped and feature activated times if ine and feature acti Press and hold buttons and uni i ad simultaneously for about 5 seconds un e The locking knobs in the doors til battery check lamp flashes twice move up e The locking knobs in the doors ede me The SmartKey will then function as fol e The anti theft alarm system is dis move down lows armed e The anti theft alarm system is armed Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap gt Press button once e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once if equipped and feature activated e The locking knob in the driver s door moves up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Global locking gt Press button eg e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times if equipped and feature acti vated e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Pr
192. dels are available Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be installed The use of non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could compromise the vehicle s dura bility or safety Y Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will ex change or repair any defective parts origi nally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories Warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information Booklet have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a re placement It will be mailed to you Technical data
193. dentification Number see TIN TPMS malfunction telltale 360 Traction 284 Tread 334 Tread depth 303 336 Treadwear indicators 334 Vehicle maximum load on 334 Wear pattern 335 Winter 336 Tools 399 Tow away alarm 95 Towing eye bolt 439 Towing the vehicle 437 Tow start 435 437 Traction 182 334 Transmission fluid level 297 Tread 334 Tread depth 303 Tread depth tires 336 Treadwear indicators 334 Trip computer 171 Trip odometer 146 Trunk Closing 114 Lamp 143 Message in display 396 Opening 112 Separately locking and unlocking 121 Trunk lid emergency release 120 Unlocking and opening with KEYLESS GO 110 Unlocking and opening with SmartKey 103 Unlocking in an emergency 403 Valet locking 121 Turn signal lamp Replacing bulbs 415 Turn signal lamps Cleaning lenses 346 Turn signals 53 Additional in mirrors 412 Front bulbs 412 Messages in display 391 Turning off engine 60 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 334 Units Settings Speedometer 160 Temperature 161 Unleaded gasoline Premium 465 Unlocking 34 98 Trunk with KEYLESS GO 110 Unlocking in an emergency 402 Upshifting 183 Useful features 251 V Vacuum line routing diagram label 446 Valet locking 121 Vehicle Battery 431 Care 342 Dimensions 459 Locking unlocking in an emergency 402 403 Lowering 429 Modifications and alterations operating safety 16 Towing 437 Unlocking inanemergency 402 Washing 344 Weights 460 Vehicle capacity weight
194. depress the parking brake gt page 347 tem to send erratic indications and should pedal be taken into consideration 16 40 50 20 50 70 0 em inj Diem Diin 0 an ojm 34 48 In P54 65 2924 31 a g b0 120 jem o 24 46 in P54 65 2925 31 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g planters or trailer hitches The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result Ultrasonic signals from outside sourc es e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the opera tion of the Parktronic system Controls in detail Driving systems Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance might no longer be indicated by the system Controls in detail Driving systems Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicator for the front area is located above the cent
195. detail Loading 1 Hook and loop fastener gt gt Unfasten hook and loop fastener 1 Pull ski sack into passenger compart ment and unfold Open the front storage compartment in the rear center console gt page 256 Remove the cup holder gt page 256 C Button gt Open the trunk gt Press button Q The flap opens in direction of arrow gt From trunk slide skis into ski sack Warning The ski sack is designed for up to four pairs of skis Do not load the ski sack with other objects Always fasten the ski sack securely In an accident an unfastened ski sack can cause injury to vehicle occupants Controls in detail Loading 1 Strap 1 Cover gt Tighten strap by pulling atthe loose With insert or cup holder removed fold end arrow until the skis in the ski sack cover 1 upward gt Connect hook 1 to eye located in are tightly secured the front storage compartment in the rear center console gt Tighten strap by pulling at the loose end arrow Controls in detail Loading Unloading and folding Loosen both straps Disconnect hook Q from eye 2 Unload skis Close flap in trunk Fold and flatten ski sack lengthwise vvvvv Yy Place folded ski sack inside recess of backrest Fasten hook and loop fastener Close ski sack compartment cover Removal of ski sack Cargo tie down hooks E T EEL EEE T S For remo
196. dio station Operate CD player Menu G NAV gt page 155 Show route guidance instructions current direction traveled The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored Controls in detail Menu 4 Distronic gt page 155 Call up settings Control system Menu Vehicle status mes sage memory gt page 156 Call up vehicle malfunc tion warning and system status messages stored in memory Controls in detail Control system Menu 6 Menu 7 Menu Settings Trip computer Telephone gt page 157 gt page 171 gt page 172 Reset to factory settings Fuel consumption statistics after start Load phone book 3 Instrument cluster submenu Fuel consumption statistics since the last Search for name in phone book reset Q a Time Date submenu Distance to empty 5 Lighting submenu E Vehicle submenu 5 Convenience submenu Dynamic seat submenu I The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not neces sarily identical to those shown in the control system displays The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Standard display menu gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly to select the functions in the standard display menu The following functions are available Function Page Call up digital soeedometer 153 Call
197. display The selection marker is on the current setting Display unit speed odome ter Padil pir Se ES km DES 72 F 149 8 MI f P54 32 7046 31 Press button or E to set speedometer unit to km or miles Selecting language gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Instr cluster submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until you see Language in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Language Deutsch ete Oo Francais 72 149 8 MI P54 32 3433 31 Press button or E to select the language to be used for the multi function display messages Available languages e German Deutsch e English English e French Francais e Italian Italiano e Spanish Espa ol e Dutch Nederlands e Danish Dansk e Swedish Svenska e Portuguese Portugu s e Turkish T rk e Selecting display speed display or out side temperature for status display gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Instr cluster submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Status line display in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Status line display Speed MEA 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 3097 31 gt Press button or E to select the status line to Speed or Outside temp You will see the status indicator when you have called up a different display
198. e gt page 62 or trunk lid gt page 109 All turn signal lamps flash three times An acoustic signal sounds three times if equipped and feature acti vated The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO so when you pull the driver s door handle only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap unlocks gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 5 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO will then function as follows Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler Global unlocking Global locking flap gt Pull any outside door handle otherthan Pb Press the lock button at outside door p gt Pull the drivers outside door handle the driver s door handle handle gt page 62 e All turn signal lamps flash once e All turn signal lamps flash once e All turn signal lamps flash three e An acoustic signal sounds once if e An acoustic signal sounds once if ones equipped and feature activated equipped and feature activated e An acoustic signal sounds three e The locking knob in the driver s e The locking knobs in the doors a PPO Ula peo ADA EAE AGk door moves up move up ules e The anti theft alarm system is dis e The anti the
199. e is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system to stop the opening proce dure press button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The trunk lid stops moving a If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 121 If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with KEYLESS GO the trunk will lock automatically after closing it To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times Loss of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If you lose your SmartKey with KEYLESS GO you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss immediately to your car insurance company gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so C Locking cb 2 Inside door handle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the vehicle has previously been locked using the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing Press button or on the SmartKey Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch In vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop
200. e 208 Combination switch 53 138 Control system 147 473 Functions 151 Multifunction display 147 Multifunction steering wheel 148 Control system menus 150 151 AUDIO 153 Distronic 155 NAV 155 Settings 157 Standard display 153 TEL 172 Trip computer 171 Vehicle status message memory 156 Control system submenus Convenience 168 Instrument cluster 160 Lighting 164 Time Date 162 Vehicle 168 Convenience submenu 168 Activating easy entry exit feature 168 Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror 169 Coolant Checking level 297 Messages in display 378 379 380 Temperature 289 Temperature gauge 145 Warning lamp 357 Cruise control 222 473 Canceling 224 Driving downhill 223 Driving uphill 223 Fine adjustment 225 Lever 231 Saving current speed 223 Setting speeds 225 Cruise control lever 222 231 Cup holders 255 Cleaning 349 Curb weight 332 Customer Assistance Center see CAC D Date display setting 163 164 Daytime running lamp mode 136 Setting 164 Deceleration With Distronic 230 Defogging windshield 206 Delayed switch off Interior lighting 167 Department of Transportation see DOT Dialing A number telephone 174 Difficulties While driving 56 With starting 51 Digital speedometer 153 Direction of rotation tires 304 Displays Digital speedometer 153 Distronic 228 Maintenance service indicator 339 Multifunction display 147 Selecting 161 Symbol
201. e 374 When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps pre vent overheating of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Operation Driving instructions Driving off Parking e Slowly release brake pedal Apply the brakes to test them briefly after a e When parked on an incline turn front driving off Perform this procedure only wheel towards the road curb Set the parking brake whenever park when the road is clear of other traffic ie e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch ing or leaving the vehicle In addition ae W th thly D t tion P to position 0 and remove the SmartKey arm up the engine smoo y ono move gear se ector ever to position P from the starter switch or press place full load on the engine until the oper When parking on hills always set the KEYLESS GO start stop button vehi ating temperature has been reached parking brake and turn front wheel cles with KEYLESS GO against road curb When starting off on a slippery surface do e Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle tended period with the ESP switched off when leaving Warning A N Doing so may cause
202. e control Increase air volume Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Climate control on off 3 Decrease air volume Air recirculation P83 40 303 31 5 Air distribution and air volume left automatic manual Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control A When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burn or frostbite to unpro tected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance be tween unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary change the air flow using the air distribution controls gt page 199 to direct the air away from the air vents Warning The climate control is a 4 zone intelligent climate control system Your vehicle interi or is divided into 4 zones ERN wi yag ATI TF hapi PB3 40 2677 31 With the help of a sun sensor the climate control determines the relation of the sun to the vehicle and automatically adjusts the inside temperature for every individual zone You can set the temperature for each of the 4 zones separately The climate control is operational whenev er the engine is running It cools the vehi cle s interior according to the angle and intensity of the sun s rays the outside tem perature and the selected temperature You c
203. e easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 Getting started Adjusting If the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly in terrupted when the engine is started Warning A N Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in mo tion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in mo tion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose con trol of the vehicle Getting started Adjusting Mirrors T Exterior rear view mirrors Electrolyte drops coming into contact Adjust na and rd tna a with the vehicle paint finish can only be Warning N DAO aa m ne pie a i completely removed while in their E imme liquid state and by applying plenty of Exercise care when using the passen tions i i water ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface Warning A N Interior rear view mirror for a wider field of view Objects in mirror gt Manually adjust the interior rear view are closer than they appear Check your duane a a O a mirror
204. e engine from overrevving Controls in detail Automatic transmission Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly press button 2 on the left side of the steering wheel gt page 186 The transmission shifts to the next lower gear When you brake or stop the transmis sion shifts down to a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Kickdown Using the kickdown when driving in the manual program mode M is not possible Deactivating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch gt page 188 repeatedly until C or S appears in the multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The transmission will go to the automatic program mode C or S The manual program mode M is not stored Emergency operation Limp Home Mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less re sponsive or sluggish or the transmission no longer shifts the transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear can be selected Stop the vehicle Vv Move gear selector lever to P Vv Turn off the engine Wait a
205. e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly Warning A N Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press the trunk closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey e press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey removed from the vehicle the trunk closing switch can be op erated Therefore do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury A Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Warning o Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it gt page 114 To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk separately from the outside u
206. e information on seat adjustment You cannot remove the active head re Rear seat head restraints see the Getting started section straints on the driver s and passenger s gt page 40 seats Q on seata e head resia For removal of the active head restraints The rear seat head restraints cannot be ddl Ea AnTV EGA Eanan we recommend that you contact an autho adjusted rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N For information on head restraint adjust Folding head restraints back ment see Seats gt page 39 The rear seat head restraints can be folded For your protection drive only with properly For information on active head restraints Packward for increased visibility positioned head restraints see Active head restraints gt page 74 Adjust head restraints so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend Ni nee P 4 ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent 1 Head restraint release switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Press the symbol side on rocker switch Q to release the head re straints The head restraints will fold backward Warning A N For safety reasons always drive wi
207. e limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This may involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting The steering wheel gearshift control pro vides an alternative method for changing the gears manually and limiting or extend ing the gear range for automatic shifting with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in manual pro gram mode M CLS 55 AMG only see Manual shift program gt page 187 o To avoid overrevving the engine when downshifting with steering wheel gearshift buttons the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for a
208. e menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern e If you press button or repeatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e Ifyou press button BV or Bay repeatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu In the Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on using these submenus see the Settings menu section gt page 157 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Controls in detail Control system The menus are described on the following pages Controls in detail Control system Menus This is what you will see when you scroll The table on the next page provides an through the menus overview of the individual menus SS PHOHE off AUDIO aff O f NN After start 2 30h NAU off 150M mph 18 4mpg A a J Settings 5 ie To reset Press reset button 300 200 100 Oft for 3 seconds eS 2 messages 4 P54 32 3414 31 Menus submenus and functions Menu 1 Standard display gt page 153 Digital soeedometer Call up maintenance system display Checking tire inflation pressure Check engine oil level Commands submenus Menu 2 AUDIO gt page 153 Select radio station Select satellite ra
209. e must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking i cp Factory setting Canada only The electro hydraulic brake system is Global unlocking This device complies with RSS 210 of BEWARE AEPA RA Industry Canada Operation is subject gt Press button EBE to the following two conditions ap e All turn signal lamps flash once You can also open and close the power 1 This device may not cause interfer l i windows gt page 214 and tilt sliding e An acoustic signal sounds once if ence and equipped and feature activated sunroof gt page 219 using the 2 this device must accept any inter SmartKey e The locking knobs in the doors ference received including interfer move up ence that may cause undesired operation of the device e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of un locking if e neither a door nor the trunk is opened e the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch e the central unlocking switch is not acti vated Controls in detail Locking an
210. e not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing TIREFIT is harmful if inhaled swal lowed or absorbed through the skin causes skin eye and respiratory irritation Any contact with eyes or skin should be flushed immediately with plenty of water If clothing comes in contact with TIREFIT change clothing as soon as possible In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately A Warning Keep TIREFIT out of reach of children If swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Consult a physician immediately Keep away from open flame or heat source If sealant has leaked out let it dry You can then peel it off P40 10 3308 31 1 TIREFIT container 2 Flap 3 Notch 4 Electrical plug Air hose 6 Flange gt Open flap on the electric air pump gt Pull plug and air hose out of the pump housing gt Screw the air pump s air hose G onto flange 6 of the TIREFIT container gt Stick TIREFIT container Q upside down into notch of the electric air pump va p pa oF 7 Tire valve Electric air pump switch 9 Pressure gauge and vent screw Filler hose Warning A N Observe safety instructions on air pump la bel P40 10 4103 31 Unscrew the valve cap from tire valve 7 Screw filler hose GO onto tire va
211. e oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driving style Higher oil consumption can occur when e the vehicle is new e the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period Do not use any special lubricant addi tives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty More information on this subject is available at any Mercedes Benz Center Checking engine oil level with the control system When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e with the engine at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off e with the engine not at operating tem perature yet the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine turned off To check the engine oil level via the multi function display do the following gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 The standard display gt page 147 should appear in the multifunction display gt Press button RVA or FA on the multifunction steering wheel until the following message is seen in the multi function display Engine oil level Measuring now Measurement correct only if veh level 72 F 149 8
212. e resistance point and released the automatic reversal will not operate Controls in detail Power windows Summer opening feature Convenience closing feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously When you lock the vehicle you can close the windows tilt sliding sunroof simulta neously e opening the side windows gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt page 217 The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proximity to the driver s out side door handle gt Press and hold button until the e opening the tilt sliding sunroof e turning on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The seat ventilation for the driver s SmartKey gt With the vehicle unlocked aim trans mitter eye of the SmartKey or seat is automatically set to the highest SmartKey with KEYLESS GO at the windows the tilt sliding sunroof are level if activated via summer opening driver s outside door handle The compete cose pa feature SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proxim ity to the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button until the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position gt Release button to interrupt pro cedure Controls in detail Power windows gt gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO 1 Lock button
213. e sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance require ments of the Rubber Manufacturers Speed rating up to 100 mph 160 km h 190 km h 210 km h up to 149 mph 240 km h up to 118 mph up to 130 mph or M S for winter tires Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Load identification For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration In addition to tire load rating special load information may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire speed rating Q gt page 326 No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire Light Load designates a light load tire C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facili tates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify
214. ealer or any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Warning Have the spare tire replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heat er The electrical cable may be installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Snow chains When driving with snow chains always select the raised level of the level con trol system Airmatic gt page 239 Other settings may result in damage to your vehicle Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to ex ceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow When driving with snow chains you may wish to deactivate the ESP page 88 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehi cle s traction Operation Winter driving Please observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations e Snow chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow the manufac turers mounting instructions e Only use snow chains that are ap proved by Mercedes Benz You
215. earshifting is switched off and you need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshift ing using the steering wheel gearshift but tons to the left and right of the steering wheel gt page 186 or the gear selector lever Controls in detail Automatic transmission Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console 1 Program mode selector switch M Manual C Comfort S Sport For manual gear shifting For comfort driving For standard driving The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode M C S are indicated in the multifunction display gt page 177 For information on automatic program modes C or S see Automatic shift program gt page 182 Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting gt page 183 and Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshift ing gt page 184 Activating manual shift program gt Press program mode selector switch Q repeatedly until the M for man
216. eas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Driving instructions Control and operation of radio trans mitter COMAND radio and telephone A Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System radio or telephone if road weather and traffic con ditions permit Warning Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Operation Driving instructions Telephones and two way radios A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Catalytic converter Your Me
217. ecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Practical hints Battery A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Never loosen or detach battery termi nal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be se verely damaged Have the battery checked regularly by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for main tenance intervals or contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Practical hints Battery Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof battery only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Warning The electro hydraulic brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode The same applies if battery is disconnected To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure
218. ed gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response The SOS button will flash and the nae incident report Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA message Connecting call will appear or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada in the multifunction display to indicate Pass this number on to the receipt of the door unlock command Mercedes Benz Response Center along You will be asked to provide your pass i l TEER with your password issued to you when word which you provided when you Once the vehicle is unlocked a l i oh you subscribed to the service completed the subscriber agreement Response Center specialist may attempt to establish voice contact with The Response Center will then attempt gt Then return to your vehicle and pull the tailgate recessed handle for minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting call ap pears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature the vehicle occupants If the tailgate recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the tailgate recessed handle again to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is locat
219. ed the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement a When the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call is initiated automat ically to the Response Center See anti theft alarm system gt page 93 and tow away alarm gt page 95 Controls in detail Useful features Garage door opener The integrated remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices It provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held remote con trols used to operate devices such as ga rage door openers gate openers or other devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems Before the integrated remote control can be used it must be programmed to the ga rage door opener gate operator or other device you wish to operate See the follow ing instructions for programming informa tion Pog 00 4052 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated re mote control Indicator lamp Signal transmitter button Needed for programming not part of vehicle equipment Hand held remote control of ga rage door opener gate operator or other device 6 Hand held remote control but ton A Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent po
220. ed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice For more information see Winter driving gt page 336 Standing water Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equip ment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing wa ter drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such dam age is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Passenger compartment Warning A N Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Driving abroad Abroad there is an extensive Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to drive into ar
221. edal Getting started Driving A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an accident and or serious injury Warning gt Release the parking brake pedal by pulling on handle Q The warning lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out Getting started Driving Driving T E A If you hear a warning signal and the ee Depress the brake pedal message Release parking brake It is dangerous to shift the gear selector iti appears in the multifunction displa MOVE SE POTO ENERE OREA PP es a lever out of P or N if the engine speed is when driving off you have forgotten to Q higher than idle speed If your foot is not release the parking brake i k I th hicl Wait for the gear selection process to MUD ot Hue brale poce Vive Vale esuk complete berare setting tie iehicledn Release the parking brake accelerate quickly forward orin reverse You Fat N could lose control of the vehicle and hit After a cold start the automatic transmis someone or something Only shift into gear sion engages at a higher revolution This when the engine is idling normally and when Release the brake pedal k allows the catalytic conv
222. edes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause un consciousness and possible death Warning Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open at all times Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to approximately 248 F 120 C Operation Driving instructions The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature over 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A N e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be seriously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down
223. edometer gt page 228 Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate Distronic After brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last speed set Setting a lower speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 2 gt page 231 to decrease vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds gt page 231 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on on the speedometer gt page 228 When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brakes will be ap plied to support deceleration In addition the transmission will automatically downshift on long down hill grades Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 gt page 231 Setting stored speed Resume function Warning A N The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pre set speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 gt page 231 Distronic is activated and set to the last stored speed gt Remove your foot from t
224. eels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inad vertently locked or unlocked Hand wash Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Operation Vehicle care Automatic car wash a Ornamental moldings After running the vehicle through anau For regular cleaning and care of very dirty tomatic car wash wipe any wax off of chrome plated parts use a chrome clean You can have your car washed in an auto matic car wash from the start Automatic car washes without brushes are prefera ble If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it be fore running it through the automatic car wash i Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to run ning the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors Make sure that the windshield wiper switch is set to O gt page 54 Other wi
225. ehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation or to failure Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tion as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident e Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver air bag passenger front air bag side impact air bags head protection window cur tain air bags for side windows ETD seat belt emergency tensioning device and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted
226. ehicle is not carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the main tenance service indicator in the mainte nance relevant information for your vehicle Such information is available from either your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz Operation Maintenance If the maintenance service indicator was inadvertently reset have an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper maintenance service has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will re sult in engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Vehicle care Cleaning and care of vehicle A Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Warning Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external in fluences which if gone unchecke
227. ehicle level control Alignment bolt Metal pin with thread The centering pin is an aid used when changing a tire to align the wheel with the wheel hub Aspect ratio gt page 332 BabySmart air bag deactivation system This system detects if a special system compatible child restraint seat is in stalled on the front passenger seat The system will automatically deactivate the passenger front air bag when such a seat Is properly installed the indicator lamp in the center console comes on and remains illuminated BabySmart compatible child seats Special restraint system for children The sensor system for the passenger seat prevents deployment of the pas senger front air bag if a BabySmart compatible child seat is installed See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Bar CAC Cold tire inflation pressure gt page 332 Customer Assistance Center gt page 332 BAS Mercedes Benz customer service Collapsible tire center which can help you with any questions about your vehicle and pro vide assistance in the event of a break An especially compact spare tire that must be inflated with a provided air pump before using It should only be Brake Assist System System for potentially reducing braking distances in emergency braking situa tions The system is activated when it HONN used to bring the vehicle to the nearest senses an emergency based on how CAN system service station fast
228. ehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules the safety precautions in this manual the Technical data section in this manual traffic rules and regulations motor vehicle laws and safety stan dards AN Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removal of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Warning Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Reporting safety defects For the US
229. el menu in the mul tifunction display gt Press button F In the multifunction display you see the first number in the redial memory gt Press button EN or Keg repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display gt Press button Fa The control system dials the selected phone number Controls in detail Automatic transmission For more information on driving with an The automatic transmission selects indi automatic transmission see Automatic Warning A vidual gears automatically depending on transmission gt page 49 the gear selector lever position D gt page 178 with gear ranges gt page 181 Make sure that absolutely no objects are ob structing the pedals range of movement Keep the drivers footwell clear of all obsta Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear shifting process to your individual driving E COTA AR E E cles If there are any floormats or carpets in e the selected program mode points up or down These shift point adjust the footwell make sure that the pedals still C S gt page 182 ments are performed based on current a US URRI EE RIGT Ree pag operating and driving conditions or If the operating conditions change the automatic transmission reacts by adjusting its shift program During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature
230. en reaching the service display threshold while driving You can also clear gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 it yourself Maintenance service term exceeded gt Press button r r themul If you have exceeded the suggested tifunction steering wheel repeatedly maintenance service term you will see the until the standard display appears in following message in the multifunction the multifunction display gt page 147 display gt Press button g or BA until the Service A exceeded by XXXXX Miles km maintenance service indicator display Service A exceeded by XXX Days with the service symbol and the Service A exceeded by X Day service deadline appears in the multi f i isplay In addition a signal sounds when the unction display message appears 1 Reset button Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service If the battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or the maintenance service indicator display Do not confuse the maintenance ser vice indicator with the engine oil level indicator ag Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your v
231. ening torque CLS 500 14V 150A 14 V 1 7 kW 12 V 12 Ah 12 V 95 Ah Bosch F8 DPP 332U NGK PFR 5R 11 0 039 in 1 00 mm 18 5 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm CLS 55 AMG 14V 180A 14 V 1 4 kW 12 V 12 Ah 12 V 95 Ah NGK IL FR6 A 0 031 in 0 8 mm 18 5 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm Y Main dimensions Model Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle width exterior rear view mirrors folded out Overall vehicle height Overall vehicle height Airmatic DC Wheelbase Track front Track rear CLS 500 190 3 in 4913 mm 81 1 in 2059 94 5 in 1390 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 62 5 in 1587 mm 63 in 1600 mm Technical data Main dimensions CLS 55 AMG 193 5 in 4915 mm 81 1 in 2059 mm 54 5 in 1389 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 63 in 1599 mm 62 3 in 1583 mm Technical data Weights Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Y Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective Please refer to the Factory Approved Ser lubricants must match Therefore only use vice Products Pamphlet or inquire at your products tested and approved by authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil filter CLS 500 8 0 US qt 7 5 Approved engine oils CLS 55 AMG 9 0 US qt 8 5 Automatic transmission CLS 500 8 5 US qt 8 0 I MB Automatic Transmis
232. enter If the batteries are checked within sig nal range of the vehicle pressing the button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk P80 20 27 12 31 C Lock button Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Press lock button Q at trunk lid e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times if equipped and feature acti vated e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed a If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with KEYLESS GO the trunk will lock automatically after closing it To confirm locking all turn signal lamps flash three times You can also lock the vehicle using the lock button at outside door handle page 107 or KEYLESS GO lock ing closing switch gt page 118 Unlocking and opening the trunk vehi cles with KEYLESS GO You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid The handle is located in the rear license plate recess P80 20 2715 31 gt Pull on the handle or gt Press and hold button until the trunk unlocks and opens The trunk lid swings open upwards automatically Always make sure ther
233. er air vents in the dashboard The warning indi cator for the rear area is integrated in the rear trim Front area warning indicator 1 Left side of the vehicle 2 Right side of the vehicle 3 Readiness indicators Each warning indicator is divided into five yellow and two red segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktonic system is operational when the yellow readiness indicators 3 are illuminated The position of the gear selector lever determines which warning indicators will be activated Gear selector lever position Warning indicator D Front area activated Ror N Front and rear area activated P Neither activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more segments will come on depending on the distance When the seventh seg ment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red dis tance segment illuminates and a con stant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position P or the parking brake is activated Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in pos
234. er you pressed the KEYLESS GO start stop button to turn off the engine or power supply and opened the driver s door with driver s door open the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch approximately 20 seconds after you locked the vehicle from outside Safety and Security Driving safety systems Note on driving with the electro hydraulic brake system e Following extended periods of only minor loads to your brake system you should occasionally apply the brakes when traveling at high speeds This improves the grip of the brake pads Warning A N Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes e After driving on wet or snow covered roads you should apply your brakes firmly before parking your vehicle This produces heat which serves to dry the brake disks and help prevent corro sion On long and steep grades shift to a lower gear gear range 1 2 or 3 to prevent the brakes from overheating and to reduce brake wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time so that the air stream will cool down the brakes fast er Only Mercedes Benz approved compo nents e g brake pads should be installed on your vehicle Brake pads not approved by Mercedes Benz may impair the safety of your vehicle Y Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle Activ
235. erter to reach its your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Carefully depress the accelerator operating temperature earlier pedal For more information on driving see Driv Once the vehicle is in motion the automat Warning A N ing instructions gt page 279 ic central locking system engages and the smmm locking knobs drop down On slippery road surfaces never downshift i in order to obtain braking action This could Simultaneously depressing the acceler result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi ator pedal and applying the brake re You can open a locked door from the cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre duces engine performance and causes inside Open door only when conditions vent this type of loss of control premature brake and drivetrain wear are safe to do So Switching on headlamps Low beam headlamps The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel Exterior lamp switch Off 2 Low beam headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position ey The low beam headlamps come on Getting started High beam Turn signals The combination switch is located on the The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column left of the steering column Combination switch Combination switch C High beam 2 High beam flasher CD Waa elect 2 Turn signals left gt Pushcombination switch in direc
236. es The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Operation Tires and wheels Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advan tages such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable tempo rary use restrictions and speed limita tions indicated on the spare wheel Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry e The Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle The Certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehi cle called the Gross Vehicle Weight
237. es This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When the gear selector lever is in position D you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear selector lever position Effect Park position Gear selector lever position when the vehicle is parked Place gear selector lever in position P only when vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always set the parking brake in addition to placing the gear selector lever in position P to secure the vehicle Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed the gear selector lever is locked in position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in position P gt page 404 Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehicle is stopped Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the trans mission never engage N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning Move gear selector lever to N only if
238. es 39 ES OE E E E 39 Steering wheel sscccseeseseneeees 41 TOL oaae rS 44 AV INNS cassiere R 46 Fastening the seat belts 46 Starting the engine ee eeeee eens 49 Parking Drake ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeees 51 IV IING a cxeieaacncnsesssouentebvennsoreenasceneetee 52 Switching on headlamp 53 Turn signals lt acccerscecateccsstenesansoenines 53 Windshield WIPEYPS cccsecceceeeees 54 Problems while driving 66 56 Parking and lOCKING cssscceseeeceeeee 58 Parking Drake ceccessseeeeeeeeeees 59 Switching off headlamps 59 Turning off Engine cccceeccceeeeees 60 Releasing seat belts cee 60 LOCKRING sescnssucesansiuseiaethedencesaneacnononr 61 Safety and Security 0068 63 Occupant Safety ccccecccccsssesceeeneees 64 PAU IAS E 65 Seat belts cscceeessseccesessereees 70 Active head restraints 006 74 Children in the vehicle 664 75 Blocking of rear door window Operation csscsvaenichanencnecsaeteseuenadawonenre 82 Panic AIAN INY saspssccaondenseieiscustessaasenedaunonnies 83 Activating ccceeccccesesccceeeeceeeenceeeees 83 Deactivating ccccessesceceeseccceeees 83 Driving safety SySteEMS cccsseeeceees 84 PD a 84 IBIAS an 86 ee ee 86 Electro hydraulic brake system 89 Anti theft SySteMS cc
239. es for the respective windows are on the front passenger door and the rear doors NU P54 25 4301 31 1 Rear window override switch gt page 82 2 Right front window 3 Right rear window 4 Left rear window Left front window Warning When closing the windows make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch The door windows are equipped with the express close and automatic reversal func tion If the window encounters an obstruc tion that blocks its path in a circumstance where you pulled the switch past the resis tance point and released it to close the win dow the automatic reversal function will stop the window and open it slightly If the window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the window by pulling and holding the switch by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not op erate When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle
240. ess and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey then either the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the SmartKey is malfunction ing or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey gt page 102 and re place them if necessary gt page 408 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 402 and the trunk gt page 121 e Use the mechanical key to lock the driver s door gt page 402 and the trunk gt page 121 e Have the vehicle batteries and their connections checked If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Checking the batteries gt Press button or a Battery check lamp comes on brief ly to indicate that the SmartKey batter les are in order If battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 408 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within sig nal range of the vehicle pressing the button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Unlocking and opening the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk
241. ew mirror Antiglare 191 L Labels 446 Lamp bulbs exterior 411 Lamps exterior Front 412 Messages in display 387 Rear 412 Replacing bulbs forrear 416 Lamps indicator and warning ABS 352 Air bag Off 69 Battery SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 107 Battery SmartKey 101 Brakes 354 Coolant 357 DTR 229 235 Electro hydraulic brake system 89 Engine diagnostics 355 ESP 353 Fog lamps 137 Front passenger front air bag off 78 Fuel reserve 358 Seat belts 358 SRS 65 Language Setting 160 LATCH child seat anchors 81 Layout of poly V belt drive 447 Leather upholstery Cleaning and care of 350 License plate lamps 412 Messages in display 388 Replacing bulbs 416 Light alloy wheels cleaning 348 Lighter see Cigarette lighter 258 Lighting 134 Automatic headlamp mode 135 Combination switch 138 Daytime running lamp mode 136 Door entry lamps 143 Exterior lamp switch 134 Fog lamps 137 Front fog lamps 137 High beams 138 Instrument cluster illumination 144 Interior 141 Locator lighting 136 Low beam 134 Manual headlamp mode 135 Night security illumination 136 Parking lamps 134 Rear fog lamp 138 Settings control system 164 Trunk lamp 143 Limp Home Mode 190 Loading 246 Instructions 247 Loading the vehicle 304 Locator lighting 136 165 Lock button 62 218 Locking 58 98 Locking knob 474 Loss of SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 111 Loss of SmartKeys 103 Low beam headlamps 53 Replacing bulbs 414 Switching on 53 Lumbar support 125
242. f the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is positioned farther away from the vehi cle the system may no longer recog nize the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is removed from the vehicle while the ignition is switched on e g if passen ger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO the message Key not recognized will appear in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO that is left inside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message Key still in vehicle will appear in the multifunction display Factory setting Global unlocking gt Pull an outside door handle e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once if equipped and feature activated e The locking knobs in the doors move up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds if e neither a door nor the trunk is opened e the central locking switch is not acti vated Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handl
243. features Seat cushion depth gt Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch Backrest contour gt Move the backrest support to the bot tom by using button G or to the center by using button 4 gt Adjust the contour of the backrest to the desired position using or Backrest side bolsters gt Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch 2 Controls in detail Seats Drive dynamic features Activating gt Press button Q gt page 127 The indicator lamp in the button comes on and the following display appears in the multi function display for about 5 seconds Driving dynamics seat adjustment You can adjust the characteristics of the Drive Dynamic seat using the con trol system gt page 170 Deactivating gt Press button Q gt page 127 again The indicator lamp in the button goes out When the engine is turned off the last cushion setting is retained in memory The cushion is automatically adjusted to this setting when the engine is re started Massage function PULSE The massage function can help prevent muscle tension during long drives gt Press button gt page 127 The indicator lamp in button comes on The air cushions in the lumbar area pulsate The massage function turns off automatically after approximately 5 minutes Seat heating Bot
244. ft alarm system is dis gt We ie enone inne aoe armed armed a aC eee e The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice Controls in detail Locking and unlocking T Checking the batteries gt Press button or a Global locking using the lock button at If you can no longer lock or unlock the trunk lid vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO then the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mal functioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 109 and replace them if necessary gt page 408 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 402 and the trunk gt page 121 e Use the mechanical key to lock the driver s door gt page 402 and the trunk gt page 121 e Have the vehicle battery checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Battery check lamp comes on brief ly to indicate that the SmartKey batter les are in order If battery check lamp G does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 408 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz C
245. function display If the tire inflation pressure in the respec tive tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after few minutes driving Combination low tire There is a malfunction in the Advanced gt Read and observe messages in the pressure TPMS malfunction tell TPMS multifunction display tale for the Advanced TPMS gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked flashes for 60 seconds and then by an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen stays illuminated r After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after few minutes driving Warning A N Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate
246. g Vehicle Capacity Weight on your vehicle s placard Step 2 gt Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels Step 3 gt Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs Step 4 gt The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x150 650 Ibs Step 5 gt Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 b gt Operation Tires and wheels gt gt Step 6 if applicable gt If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 310 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configura tions and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 lbs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for
247. g sand or gravel e you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high Speeds in curves The recommended tire inflation pres sures for your vehicle can be found on the tire placard located on the drivers door B pillar gt page 305 The tire inflation pressures are not listed in the owner s manual Warning The Run Flat Indicator does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pres sure according to the placard on the driver s door B pillar or fuel filler flap The Run Flat Indicator does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in all four tires cannot be detected by the Run Flat Indicator The Run Flat Indicator is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully apply ing the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Operation Tires and wheels Reactivating the Run Flat Indicator The tire inflation pressure monitor must be reactivated in the following situations e If you have changed the tire inflation pressure e If you have replaced the wheels or tires e If you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the tire placard on the drivers door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap make
248. g lenses 346 Side windows Stopping 216 synchronizing power windows 216 Sidewall 333 Ski sack Canada only 247 SmartKey 98 Battery check lamp 101 Checking the batteries Factory setting 100 Global locking 101 Global locking and unlocking 100 Global unlocking 100 Locking 61 Lossof 103 positions in starter switch 36 Remote control 98 Restoring to factory setting Selective setting 101 107 Starting the engine 50 Turning off the engine 60 Unlocking with 34 102 109 102 108 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 103 Battery check lamp 107 Changing 409 Global locking and unlocking 107 Loss of 111 Messages in display 385 386 389 Remote controls 103 Turning off the engine 60 Unlocking with 35 Snow chains 337 Spare fuses 441 Spare wheel 398 457 Speed settings Cruise control 225 Speedometer Displays 228 Speedometer display mode Selecting 160 Sporty driving style 238 SRS 477 Indicator lamp 25 64 359 Messages indisplay 393 Standing lamps 134 Standing water Driving through 287 Starter switch 36 Positions 36 Starting difficulties 51 Starting the engine 49 Steering wheel Cleaning 349 350 Storage compartments 30 251 Center armrest 252 Center console 252 Glove box 251 Seat 253 Storing Tires 303 Storing Memory function Positions into memory 132 Submenus Selecting 158 Settings menu 158 Sun visors 193 Supplemental Restraint System SRS 477 Suspension tuning For comfortable driving style 238 For sporty dr
249. g to the illustra tions shown with the heaviest items being placed towards the front of the vehicle Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible since it influences the handling characteristics of the vehicle Warning A N Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible fastening materials appropri ate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause in jury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Put luggage or car go in the trunk if possible Do not pile lug gage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the rear window shelf Never drive vehicle with trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter ve hicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Controls in detail Loading Ski sack Canada only Unfolding and loading gt Fold rear armrest down arrow I po ibe 779 8 gt 1 Cover 2 Catch gt Pull catches 2 in direction of arrows gt Open the cover 1 downwards in the direction of the arrow gt gt Controls in
250. g your seat belt The air bags can only provide the protection they were designed to afford if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 70 Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant or toddler restraint or booster seat recom mended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle gt page 75 A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat be
251. gain to confirm Press the reset button again The functions of all the submenus will reset to factory settings Controls in detail Control system i Submenus in the Settings menu The submenus are arranged by hierarchy The settings you have changed willnot Press button BX Scroll down with the ESM button scroll up be reset unless you confirm the action with the button by pressing the reset button a second With the selection marker on the desired time After approximately five seconds submenu use the EAN button to access the Settings menu reappears in the the individual functions within that sub multifunction display menu Once within the submenu you can use the button EAN to move to the next function or the button RY to move to the previous function within that submenu In the multifunction display you see the collection of the submenus For safety reasons the Lamp circuit headlamp function in the Lighting sub menu is not reset while driving Time Date Uaa 72 F 149 8 MI gt Press button EE The selection marker moves to the next Submenu The settings themselves are made with button or The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag es INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TIME DATE Select temperature dis play mode Synchronizing the time Select speedomete
252. ge 300 Getting started Driving If anything blocks the windshield wip ers leaves Snow etc switch them off immediately e For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location turn off the engine by turning the SmartKey to position 0 and withdraw SmartKey from starter switch or turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch before attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If windshield wipers fail to function at all in combination switch position I e set the combination switch to the next highest wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires An ignition cable may be damaged The engine electronics may not be operating properly Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible and turn off the en gine Allow engine and coolant to cool gt Che
253. ge 65 for more information on prop er seat positioning In addition adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the interior and exterior rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rear vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small chil dren should be seated in a properly se cured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 With the memory function you can store up to three different settings The following settings are stored when using the buttons on the driver s door e Drivers seat backrest and head restraint position e Settings for multicontour seat e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirror position Controls in detail Memory function The following settings are stored when using the buttons on the front passenger door e Front passenger seat backrest and head restraint position e Settings for multicontour seat A Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Warning Controls in detail Memory function The memory button and stored position buttons are located on the door gt e M me r M Memory button 1 2 3 Stored position button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 or gt Open t
254. gt page 141 The setting selected for the interior lighting is used for the trunk lighting as well Controls in detail Instrument cluster For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see At a glance gt page 24 1 Reset button The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e switch on the ignition e press the reset button Q e switch on the exterior lamps You can modify the instrument cluster set tings in the instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 160 Warning A N No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see infor mation about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warn ing indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Instrument cluster illumination Use the reset button gt page 24 to adjust the illumination brightness for the instru ment cluster The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps Controls i
255. h es back to its standard display The air flow is directed in the corresponding direction gt Press button RZJ or IEO gt page 198 or gt page 199 For draft free ventilation push i hut slides and gt page 210 upward ou can also press button WHA or The display switches over I 0 gt page 198 or gt page 199 er 1 P 5 once more to switch back to the stan Adjusting air volume TZ pF eF Fats EA E dard display gt Turn thumbwheel or E gt page 210 up or down Pa3 40 2440 31 The air volume is increased or C Rear climate control display decreased Front center console storage compart ment ventilation i The front center console storage compart ment under the armrest has its own air vent The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air vents The lever is located in the front center Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control To open air vent slide the lever Q up To close air vent slide the lever down The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects e g groceries in the compartment close the air vent while heating the passenger compart ment Controls in detail Power windows Opening and closing the windows The side windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all of the side windows are on the driver s door The switch
256. h KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle no further than approximately 3 feet 1 meter away from the door Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury gt Pull an outside door handle e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once For more information see Factory setting gt page 107 Getting started Unlocking The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The electro hydraulic brake system is activated gt page 89 Get in the vehicle Opening a door causes the window on that door to open slightly They will re turn to the up position when the door is closed For more information see SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 103 Getting started Unlocking Starter switch positions SmartKey If a lamp in the instrument cluster re Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious pers
257. h switches for the front seats are locat ed in the center console The red indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which heating level you have selected p _ j a r j i k z t at j 1 lt y r a i K B 1 Front seat heating switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Level off Three indicator lamps on highest level The seat heating automatically switches to level 2 after approxi mately 5 minutes Two indicator lamps on The seat heating automatically switches to level 1 after approxi mately 10 minutes One indicator lamp on lowest level The seat heating automatically switches off after approximately 20 minutes No indicator lamp on Switching seat heating on gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until the desired heating level is set One or more red indicator lamps on the switch show the selected heating level Switching seat heating off gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out Controls in detail Seats If one or more of the lamps on the seat heating switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off auto matically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Controls in detail Seats Seat ventilation The blue indicator lamps
258. hat the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Practical hints What to do if Lamp in center console Problem Possible cause consequence The passenger front A BabySmart child seat is installed on air bag off indicator the passenger seat Therefore the passen lamp comes on and re ger front air bag is switched off mains illuminated The system is malfunctioning when there gt page 78 is no BabySmart child seat installed on the passenger seat The passenger front The system is malfunctioning air bag off indicator lamp does not come on or does not remain illu minated with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the passenger seat Suggested solution gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat gt Check installation of the child seat gt page 80 If the passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Vehicle status messages in the multi function display Warning and malfunction messages ap pear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and m
259. he Advanced TPMS checked by an au sors mounted e g winter tires thorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e One or more sensors malfunc gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked by an au tion e g battery is empty thorized Mercedes Benz Center e One or more wheels without gt Have the wheel sensors installed by an wheel sensors mounted e g authorized Mercedes Benz Center Spare tire The tire inflation pressure for the re spective tire is not shown in the mul tifunction display Symbol messages Display symbol Display messages Low voltage SW Dele ont consumers Visit workshop Possible cause consequence The battery has insufficient voltage The battery is no longer charging Possible causes e alternator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt Do not forget that the brake system requires electrical energy and may be operating with restricted capability Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is increased Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Turn off unnecessary electrical con sumers Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may re sult in damage to the engine Notify an author
260. he Parktronic system is an electronic aid during parking and other critical maneuvers designed to assist the driver during park always rests with the driver ing maneuvers It visually and audibly indi Special attention must be paid to objects cates the relative distance between the with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes vehicle and an obstacle e g trailer couplings painted posts or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The Parktronic system is automatically activated when you switch on the ignition release the parking brake and placed the 1 Sensors in the front bumper The operational function of the Parktronic gear selector lever in position D R or N system can be affected by dirty sensors The Parktronic system deactivates at Range of the sensors especially at times of snow and ice see speeds over approximately 11 mph To function properly the sensors must be Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the gt page 347 system turns on again sensors regularly being careful not to interference caused by other ultrasonic sig The Parktronic system also deactivates scratch or damage the sensors see nals e g working jackhammers car wash or when you place the gear selector lever in Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors the air brakes of trucks can cause the sys position P or
261. he Re sponse Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Cana da as soon as possible Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an Emergency call is still possible In this case the Emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls o The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is conclud ed Emergency calls can only be termi nated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center represen tative whereas Roadside Assistance and Information calls can also be termi nated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel or using the END button on the COMAND Sys tem If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Controls in detail Useful features Remote door unlock 0 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available In case you have locked your vehicle unin tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not handy In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a number
262. he accelerator pedal Controls in detail Driving systems Deactivating Distronic There are several ways to deactivate the Distronic system gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow gt page 231 or gt Step on the brake pedal Distronic will be deactivated The last speed set will be stored in memory The following message will appear in the multifunction display for approxi mately 5 seconds Distronic off The last stored speed is deleted when you turn off the engine Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic deactivates automatically when e you set the parking brake e you drive slower than 20 mph 30 km h e the ESP is active gt page 86 or you deactivate the ESP e you move the gear selector lever into position N A signal will sound The Distronic off message appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds A Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Warning Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following dis tance for Distronic by varying the time set ting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of you
263. he damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles with TIREFIT Temporarily repair tire using TIREFIT If tire cannot be temporarily repaired using TIREFIT contact Roadside Assistance A You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Practical hints What to do if Display symbol D Display messages FUneT lon unavailable Trunk open Washer fluid please refill Vehicle rising Vehicle rising Please wait briefly Possible cause consequence Possible solution This display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone This message will appear whenever the gt Close the trunk trunk is open The fluid level has dropped to about WE gt Add washer fluid gt page 300 of total reservoir capacity Your vehicle is adjusting to your level se lection The vehicle level is too low gt Do not drive off The Airmatic has not yet adjusted the vehicle level to the necessary height required for driving gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction display You may then drive off Display symbol Display messages Stop car too low Display malfunction Visit workshop Visit
264. he exte rior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically For more information see Activating exte rior rear view mirror parking position gt page 192 For more information see Rear view mir rors gt page 191 Getting started Driving Warning Make sure that absolutely no objects are ob structing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate Fastening the seat belts Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearin
265. he maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap The following message will appear in gt Press the Bai button the multifunction display Check current tire pressure gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu ap pears in the multifunction display gt page 153 Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires Underinflated tires can cause excessive and uneven tire wear adversely affect fuel economy lead to tire failure from being overheated adversely affect handling characteristics A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Overinflated tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling characteristics cause uneven tire wear be more prone to damage from road hazards adversely affect ride comfort increase stopping distance A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or d
266. he rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defrost er as soon as the rear window Is clear The defroster is automatically deactivated after approximately 6 to 20 minutes of operation depending on the outside tem perature A Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driv ing Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others Warning gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Activating gt Press button Ralf gt page 195 or button gt page 199 on the respective climate control panel The indicator lamp on the button comes on Deactivating gt Press button Ralf gt page 195 or button gt page 199 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out Controls in detail Good visibility B If the rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing this means that too many electrical consumers are operat ing simultaneously and there is insuffi cient voltage in the battery The system responds automatically by deactivating the rear window defroster As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster automatically turns itself back on Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control PB3 40 2988 31 CN OMe He ce Oe Left side defroster vent fixed Left center air vent adjustable
267. he respective door Storing positions into memory Adjust the seats to the desired position gt page 40 Adjust the steering wheel gt page 42 and exterior rear view mirrors gt page 44 on the driver s side to the desired position Press memory button M Release memory button M and press position button 1 2 or 3 within 3 seconds All the settings are stored to the select ed position Recalling positions from memory Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the seat backrest is in an excessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats Press and hold memory position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors have completely moved to the stored positions Releasing the memory position button stops movement to the stored posi tions immediately Controls in detail Memory function Storing exterior rear view mirror park Stop the vehicle gt Press memory button M G Ine DORIUON gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Within 3 seconds press bottom of ad For easier parking you can adjust the pas Press button Q justment button 2 senger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R The parking position is stored if the The passenger side exterior rear view mirror does not move mirror is selected For inf oe h Ki
268. he risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position O and remove or press start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO and lock vehicle when leaving If you have selected the Comfort sus pension tuning Comfort suspension tuning gt page 238 the vehicle lowers slightly when you lock it within approx imately 60 seconds after switching off the engine When parking make sure that your vehicle cannot come into con tact with other objects such as a curb while lowering Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged Parking brake 1 Release handle 2 Parking brake pedal gt Step firmly on parking brake pedal 2 When the engine is running the warn ing lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster will be illuminated Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake
269. he sunroof switch in any direc tion If the movement of the tilt sliding sun roof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and reopen slightly Synchronizing the power tilt sliding sunroof The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchro nized e after the battery has been disconnected or discharged e after the tilt sliding sunroof has been closed manually gt page 407 e after a malfunction e ifthe tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly gt Remove the respective fuse from the main fuse box gt page 441 Reinsert the fuse in the main fuse box Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Move and hold the sunroof switch in the direction of arrow 3 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear Keep holding the sunroof switch in the direction of arrow 3 for approximately 1 second Check the Express open feature gt page 220 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens com pletely the roof is synchronized Other wise repeat the above steps Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Controls in detail Driving systems The following driving systems are explained on the following pages e Cruise control and Distronic with which the vehicle can maintain a preset Speed e Airmatic DC adjusts the vehicle sus pension characteristics automatically and controls the vehicle level e Parktronic system which assists the driver during
270. hed for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure Operation Tires and wheels Tire ply material 1 Plies in sidewall 2 Plies under tread For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Operation Tires and wheels Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bars Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped
271. heel Warning A N The dimensions of the spare wheel Minispare or collapsible tire are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire pressure and do not ex ceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Drive to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Do not switch off the ESP when a Minis pare or collapsible tire is mounted Practical hints Flat tire Preparing the vehicle Prepare the vehicle as described under Preparing the vehicle on this page gt Take the spare wheel out of the trunk gt page 398 gt Take the wheel wrench and the jack out of the trunk gt page 398 Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place the wheel chock in front of and another sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should cir cumstances require you to do so ona hill place the wheel cho
272. hese steps will result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock and more Controls in detail Useful features The Tele Aid system The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can T be adjusted when using the volume control The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular on the COMAND System or on the multi Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand l network for communication and the function steering wheel To raise turn the GPS Global Positioning System satel U a a Obie rotary volume control on COMAND System lites for vehicle location If either of types of response clockwise or press button on the these signals are unavailable the e automatic and manual emergency multifunction steering wheel To lower Tele Aid system may not function and if turn the rotary volume control on COMAND System control counterclock e information wise or press button EE on the multi function steering wheel this occurs assistance must be sum moned by other means e roadside assistance The Tele Aid system is operational provid ing that the vehicle s battery
273. hicle under control by cor rective steering action For more information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 337 Operation Driving instructions Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal braking effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning A N If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and possible death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind Warning A N The outside temperature indicator is not de sign
274. hout the ignition or engine on and brake pedal depressed SRS Supplemental Restraint System Seat belts emergency tensioning de vice and air bags Though independent systems they are closely interfaced to provide effective occupant protection Tele Aid System Telematic Alarm Identification on De mand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and man ual emergency roadside assistance and information Tele Aid is initially activated by completing a subscriber agreement and placing an acquain tance call The Tele Aid system is operational provided that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not dam aged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Telematics A combination of the terms telecom munications and informatics Tightening torque Force times lever arm e g a lug wrench with which threaded fasteners such as wheel bolts are tightened TIN Tire Identification Number gt page 334 Tire load rating gt page 334 Tire ply composition and material used gt page 334 Tire speed rating gt page 334 Traction gt page 334 Tread gt page 334 Treadwear indicators Vehicle maximum load on the tire gt page 334 gt page 334 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards VIN gt page 334 Vehicle Identification Number The number set by the manufacturer and placed on the body to uniquely identify each vehicle produced Vehicle cap
275. hting in the rear The overhead control panel is located above the rear seat bench P82 00 2340 31 Q Ambient lighting switch to brighten 2 Rear reading lamp 3 Rear reading lamp on off 4 Rear interior lamp Ambient lighting 6 Ambient lighting switch to dim Rear reading lamps gt Press desired rear reading lamp switch 3 to switch on the correspond ing rear reading lamp gt Press respective rear reading lamp switch 3 again to switch off the corre sponding rear reading lamp Ambient lighting gt Press ambient lighting switch or repeatedly until ambient lighting G has reached the desired intensity You can switch the ambient lighting on and off using the Control system gt page 166 Door entry lamps For better orientation in the dark the cor responding door entry lamps will switch on in darkness when you open a door and the automatic control is activated The door entry lamps will switch off when the corresponding door is closed If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the headlamps the door entry lamps will remain lit for approximately 5 minutes Controls in detail Lighting Trunk lamp The trunk lamp switches on if the trunk is opened If the trunk remains open the trunk light ing switches off automatically after ap proximately 10 minutes The interior lighting is factory set to au tomatic mode
276. hts gt Have the battery checked at the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center Y Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing Do not tow start the vehicle Use flatbed or wheel lift dolly equip ment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position O Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Switch off the tow away alarm if equipped and the automatic central locking When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front wheels raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immedi ately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the selector lever must be in position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground or the front axle ra
277. hut off feature is deacti vated It will reactivate as soon as you reinsert the SmartKey in the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS G O gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton on the gear selector lever gt page 37 Controls in detail Control system Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain lit during darkness for 10 seconds after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with button or E tothe Lighting submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see Interior lighting de layed shut off in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting bb Controls in detail Control system gt gt Interior lighting delayed shut off G AD off 72 F 149 8 MI a P54 32 3325 31 gt Press button or E to switch Interior lighting delayed shut off on or off Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Set tings menu Use the Vehicle submenu to make general vehicle settings The follow ing functions are available Function Page Set automatic locking 168 Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the au tomatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Move the selec
278. i nated Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control system increases driving convenience afforded by the cruise control during travel on expressways and other major roads e Ifthe Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead of you Distronic will function in the same way as cruise control gt page 223 Warning A N Distronic adaptive cruise control is no sub stitute for active driving involvement It does not react to stationary objects nor recog nize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehicles ahead Distronic can only apply a maximum of 20 of the vehicle s braking power It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to road traffic and weather conditions and to provide the steering brak ing and other driving inputs necessary to re tain control of the vehicle Warning A N Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibili ty for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most impor tantly brake operat
279. icator 314 12 265 S Safety Driving safety systems 84 Occupant 64 Reporting defects 18 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 73 Seat belts 70 Cleaning 350 Fastening 46 Messages in display 392 Proper use of 48 72 Safety guidelines 68 Telltale 358 Seat cushion depth Adjusting 126 Seat heating Switching off 129 Switching on 129 Seat ventilation Switching off 130 Switching on 130 Seating capacity 306 Seats 124 Adjusting 39 Drive dynamic seat 127 Easy entry exit feature 42 Heating 128 Multicontour seat 126 Ventilation 130 securing cargo 250 Selecting display 161 Selector lever Lock 49 176 Message inthe display 369 Position automatic transmission 176 Self test BabySmart airbag deactivation system 79 Tele Aid 263 Service and warranty information 10 Service life IM Tires 302 Setting Date 163 Temperature interior 203 Settings Date 163 Factory KEYLESS GO 107 Factory SmartKey 100 Individual Vehicle 157 Menus and submenus 149 Resetting all Control system 157 Selective KEYLESS GO 107 Selective SmartKey 101 Suspension tuning 238 Time 162 Settings menu Functions in 157 Submenus 158 Shelf below rear window cleaning 350 Shift lock 477 Shifting Gear selector lever positions 178 Into optimal gear range automatic transmission 183 Into optimal gear range CLS 500 185 Into optimal gear range CLS 55 AMG 187 Side impact airbags 70 Side marker lamps Cleanin
280. icial approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Introduction Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive informa tion also on permissible technical modifi cations and where proper installation will be performed Introduction Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper proce dures We continuously strive to imp
281. ilt sliding sunroof or tilt sliding panel continue opening until they have reached their previous position A window or tilt sliding sunroof will only return to its previous position if it has not been moved to another posi tion using the respective window switch or tilt sliding sunroof switch after it was closed with button Egy A window or tilt sliding sunroof that has been moved will remain in its cur rent position if button is used to re open the remaining windows or tilt sliding sunroof Combination filter with pollutant sensitive air recirculation mode The combination filter reduces pollutants and unpleasant odors in the outside air The pollutant sensitive air recirculation mode automatically switches off the supply of outside air when pollutants are detected in the air The pollutant sensitive air recirculation mode is not possible if you have switched off the air conditioning or if the temperature falls below 41 F 5 C Air conditioning The cooling function only operational when the engine is running cools the vehi cle interior down to the selected tempera ture The cooling function also dehumidifies the air in the vehicle interior thus preventing the windows from fogging up a Condensation may drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction VAN If you turn off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditi
282. ine KEYLESS GO func tions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with the button Always carry the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you Controls in detail Locking and unlocking e Never store the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO together with e electronic items such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system e To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk lid e In order to start the engine with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle e All the doors must be closed e The brake pedal must be firmly depressed Do not depress the accelerator If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 38 you can only turn it off again with this button even if you have put the SmartKey in the starter switch in the meantime This does not apply if after starting the selector lever is still in position P and then the SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch The SmartKey will then have priority over the KEYLESS GO function and the vehicle s electrical system will operate according to the position of the SmartKey in the starter switch even stopping the engine I
283. ing sound before braking See the follow ing warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and the red distance warning lamp goes out when the neces sary distance to the vehicle ahead Is again established Controls in detail Driving systems Warning A N An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be ca pable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance to the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final cau tion that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the op eration of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident Controls in detail Driving systems A Distronic brakes your vehicle with a maxi mum deceleration of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corresponds to about 20 of the maxi mum deceleration ability of your vehicle Warning Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance
284. ing Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle capacity weight Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ibs times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Rotating tires A Rotate front and rear wheels only if they are of the same size If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Warning Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 304 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configu ration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended in tervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty
285. ing over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B located on the drivers door B pillar gt page 305 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be ad justed on cold tires The tires can be con sidered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on placard Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the fuel filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 312 o Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustra tions below Refer to placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example A SEE OWNER S M
286. into trunk lid lock Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 2 to lock the trunk The trunk remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked You can only cancel the separate trunk locking mode by means of the mechanical key Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position to unlock the trunk You can now open the trunk gt page 112 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk automatically lock when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact ex ceeds a preset threshold The vehicle automatically locks when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle e is pushed or towed e is ona test stand For more information on towing the vehi cle see the Practical hints section gt page 437 You can deactivate the automatic locking mode using the control system gt page 168 Locking and unlocking from the inside You can lock or unlock the doors and the trunk from inside using the central locking switch This can be useful for example
287. ion to assure safe stop ping distance always rests with the driver Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Warning A N Distronic requires familiarity with its opera tional characteristics We strongly recom mend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment I Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Warning A N Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Only use Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Warning A N Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slip pery roads Rapid changes in ti
288. ion to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point A If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 336 with a minimum tread depth of approximately WP in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to make sure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may Cause serious damage to the driv etrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tire speed rating Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use pru dent driving speeds appropriate to prevail ing conditions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others CLS 500 Your vehicle is factory equipped with V rated tires which have
289. ion to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident a Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permis sible lamp operation Controls in detail Lighting ae Front fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with p the exterior lamp switch in position A For switching on the fog lamps turn the exterior lamp switch to position E gt Switch on the low beam headlamps gt page 53 Pull out exterior lamp switch to first stop The front fog lamps are switched on The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt page 134 Push in the exterior lamp switch The front fog lamps are switched off The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch goes out Controls in detail Lighting Rear fog lamp driver s side only Combination switch High beam gt Switch on the low beam headlamps gt page 53 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position or Big gt page 134 gt Push the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q to switch on the high beam The combination switch is located on the left side of the steering column g
290. ir bags and window cur tain air bags are deployed e onthe impacted side of the vehicle e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e independently of the front air bags In addition the window curtain air bags 2 are deployed e in certain vehicle rollovers The front passenger side air bag will only deploy if the system senses that the front passenger seat is occupied The side impact air bags and window cur tain air bags are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment threshold Seat belts When the engine is started the seat belt telltale illuminates for a maximum of 6 seconds and a warning chime sounds to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts For more information see Practical hints gt page 358 Always wear your seat belt All vehicle occupants always need to have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly In addition applicable motor vehicle safety laws require you to wear seat belts Even where this is not the case we strongly recommend that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly For more information see Fastening the seat belts gt page 46 For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 75 Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before dri
291. ire will be underinflated Warning A N Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Operation Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read tire inflation pressure on tire gauge and check against the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 305 or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure gt D Operation Tires and wheels gt F O Run Flat Indicator l a l Warning A N If you have overfilled the tire release
292. is charged To activate press the SOS button the properly connected not damaged and cel Roadside Assistance button or lular and GPS coverage is available the Information button SM depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located in the over head control panel gt page 264 The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cover gt page 252 When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND System audio is muted and the selected mode radio tape or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed and inserted in cra dle switches off If you must use this phone we recommend that you use it only with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Remove the phone from the cradle and place the call The navi gation system if engaged will contin ue to run The multifunction display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken commands are only available by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND System A pop up win dow will appear in the COMAND Sys tem display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress After the Tele Aid call has ended the optional cellular phone switches on again A PIN entry might be necessary System self check Initially after switching on ignition mal functions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Inf
293. is will deactivate the Distronic system Warning A N Distronic works to maintain the speed se lected by the driver unless a moving obsta cle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g fol lowing another vehicle ahead of you at a dis tance set by Distronic This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you change lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in front is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed Distronic regulates only the distance be tween your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be on the alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by steering or braking the vehicle Warning A N Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message Distronic Currently unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic sen sor see Cleaning the Distronic system sensor gt page 346
294. ised the vehicle may be towed only for dis tances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Practical hints Towing the vehicle To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the drive train however we recommend the drive shaft be discon nected at the rear axle drive flange for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage Practical hints Towing the vehicle Warning J If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system as that will be necessary to adequately con trol the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make certain that the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from starter switch and reinsert Warning A N The brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressu
295. isplayed press the or repeatedly until the trip odome ter appears gt Press and hold the reset button on the instrument cluster gt page 24 until the trip odometer is reset Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Outside temperature indicator Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the instrument cluster gt page 24 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving This means that the accuracy of the displayed temperature can only be verified by com parison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the
296. ition D P or the parking brake is activated Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system can be switched off manually The Parktronic switch is located in the low er part of the center console gt page 28 Q Parktronic switch 2 Indicator lamp Switching off the Parktronic system gt Press Parktronic switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on Switching on the Parktronic system gt Press Parktronic switch Q again Indicator lamp goes out The Parktronic system is automatically switched on when the ignition is switched on gt page 36 Parktronic system malfunction If only the red distance segments illumi nates and an acoustic warning sounds there is a malfunction in the Parktronic system The Parktronic system will auto matically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on Controls in detail Driving systems gt Have the Parktronic system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illumi nates and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt page 36 gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 347
297. itoring System Canada only 3 Not available as factory equipment 4 Must not be used with snow chains Spare wheel CLS 500 CLS 500 Sport Package Rim 4 0 B x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 34 in 34 mm Minispare tire T 155 70 R17 110M Collapsible tire 1 Must not be used with snow chains B5 Please compare the recommended tire CLS 55 AMG 6 0 B x 18 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 175 55 18 95P inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yel low label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the spare wheel tire to the recommended tire inflation pres sure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim Please note that the tire inflation pres sure of the Minispare tire and the collapsible tire differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires Make sure the Minispare tire is inflated to approximately 61 psi 4 2 bar Inflate the collapsible tire to approxi mately 51 psi 3 5 bar Technical data Rims and tires The CLS 55 AMG with Performance Package does not have a spare wheel The CLS 55 AMG with Performance Package is equipped with TIREFIT gt page 419 Technical data Electrical system Model Generator alternator Starter motor Battery auxiliary Battery main Spark plugs Electrode gap Tight
298. iving style 238 T Tachometer 146 Overspeed range 146 Tail lamps Cleaning lenses 346 Replacing bulbs 416 Taillamps Messages in display 390 Tar stains 343 Technical data Rims andtires 449 Tele Aid 261 Call priority 268 Emergency calls 263 Hands free microphone 29 Information 267 Initiating an emergency call manually 264 Messages in display 393 Remote door unlock 269 Roadside assistance 265 SOS button 264 Stolen vehicle Recovery services 269 System self check 263 Tele Aid System 477 Telematics 477 Telephone 26 260 Answering acall 173 Ending a call 174 Hands free microphone 29 Messages in the display 396 Operation 172 Phone book 174 Redialing 175 Tightening torque Wheel bolts Time 162 synchronizing 162 TIN 334 Tire and Loading Information Placard 305 Terminology 332 Tire inflation pressure 421 Checking 311 Tire inflation pressure see the placard on the fuel filler flap TIREFIT Instructions for use 419 Tires Care and maintenance 302 Cleaning 303 Collapsible Spare wheel 472 Direction of rotation Spinning 304 Driving instructions 282 Inflation pressure 311 313 Inspection 302 Load rating 334 Low tire pressure telltale Canada only 360 Messages in display 370 395 MOExtended system 321 429 Ply composition and material used 334 Retreads 301 Rims and tires 449 Rotation 335 Service life 302 Speed rating 324 334 Temperature 312 331 Terminology 332 Tire I
299. ized Mercedes Benz Center A Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of active head restraint Contact your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Warning A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Warning Adjust head restraints so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Children in the vehicle If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child Make sure that the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and information on choosing an appropriate restraint system can be obtained from any Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system The children could e injure
300. ized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Drive immediately to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Battery Alternator Stop vehicle Low voltage Start engine O Brake wear Visit workshop Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet Possible cause consequence The battery is malfunctioning The electro hydraulic brake system re quires electrical energy and therefore has only limited operation Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is increased The battery has insufficient voltage The brake pads have reached their wear limit Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Adjust driving to be consis tent with reduced braking responsive ness gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Start the engine gt page 49 gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution O Release parking You are driving with the parking brake Release the parking brake brake set gt page 51 Reduced braking power The electro hydraulic brake system isin gt Do not drive an
301. l consumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving see Lamps in instrument clus ter gt page 352 ab If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power supply is again switched off When you switch on the ignition the indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the engine is running This indicates that the respective systems are opera tional For information on starting the engine using the KEYLESS GO start stop button see Starting with KEYLESS GO gt page 50 Vv Adjusting Warning All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning A N Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle
302. l key 2 Slide 3 Battery compartment gt Insert the mechanical key in direc tion of arrow in side opening gt Using mechanical key Q push gray slide 2 to unlatch battery compartment 3 gt Pull the battery compartment 3 out of the housing in direction of arrow P80 35 2239 31 4 Battery Contact spring Remove the batteries 4 in direction of arrow Using a lint free cloth insert new batteries 4 under the contact spring with the plus side facing up Return battery compartment 3 into housing until it locks into place Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey Check the operation of the SmartKey Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove mechanical key gt page 402 gt Insert the mechanical key in side Opening and push grey slide gt page 408 Battery compartment is unlatched gt Pull battery compartment out of the housing in direction of arrow gt page 408 gt gt Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries gt gt gt Using mechanical key apply pres sure to position 2 Battery tilts up slightly E gt Pull out batteries G in direction of arrow gt Using a lint free cloth insert new batteries C with the plus side fac ay P80 35 2160 31 a Mi Q Battery gt Return battery compartment into h
303. l plug 4 Air hose with pressure gauge and vent Screw Union nut gt gt Open flap G on the air pump Pull out electrical plug and air hose with pressure gauge Make sure the vent screw on air hose 4 is closed Remove the valve cap from the tire valve gt gt Practical hints Flat tire Screw union nut onto the tire valve Insert electrical plug into vehicle cigarette lighter socket gt page 258 Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever once without depressing the brake pedal Press on electric air pump switch 2 The electric air pump should now switch on and inflate the tire Inflate the tire to approximately 51 psi 3 5 bar This takes about 5 minutes for the col lapsible tire Air hose and union nut G can become hot during infla tion Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when using the equip ment Do not operate the air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off Press 0 on electric air pump switch 2 Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0O or Press KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever twice without depressing the brake pedal The electric air pump should now be switched off If the tire inflation pressu
304. le control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press button 2 on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission page 181 when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Upshifting gt Briefly press button Q on the right side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmission when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold button Q on the right side of the steering wheel until D reappears in the multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold button on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This may involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Manual shift program CLS 55 AMG In addition to the automatic shift program C or S your vehicle is equipped with the manual shift program M In the manual program mode M system controlled automatic g
305. led Safety and Security Anti theft systems Tow away alarm Depending on vehicle production date the vehicle may not be equipped with the tow away alarm Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle o If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 261 provided that the Tele Aid service was sub scribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Safety and Security Anti theft systems Arming the tow away alarm The button is located on the overhead con Press button Q gt Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or ONpANG The indicator lamp in the button comes KEYLESS GO on briefly Par gt Exit and lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or vehicles with KEYLESS GO an lock button at each Disarming the tow away alarm outside door handle The tow away alarm is automatically armed after about 30 seconds To prevent triggering the tow away alarm b i feature switch off the tow away alarm before towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train 1 Tow away alarm off button gt Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch You cannot disarm the tow away alarm when the ignition is switched o
306. lifornia retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Maintenance ccccsesssssceeenseeee Roadside Assistance ccceeeeeees Change of address or ownershibp Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada cccccce sees Where to find it eecccccsessececneeeeees SVINGO aseran Operating safety cecccccceseseseeeeeees Proper use of the vehicle Problems with your vehicle 0 Reporting safety defects cc60 Reporting safety defects Vehicle data recording cccsseecceees Information regarding electronic recording CEVICES ssccccreeeeees 10 12 At a glance cosccciesscaraonsdveinesenisvaarsaxaeyoet 21 GOED aE 22 Instrument ClUStEP cccccesessceeeesenee 24 Multifunction steering wheel 26 Genter console cccccssssesccecesssereees 27 Upper part ccccsesseeccessescneeees 27 Lower part ccccssscccceseeeceeeseeeeees 28 Overhead control panel cceeeee 29 Storage CoMpartMentsS ccsecceeeees 30 Door control panel cccceeseceseeeeees 32 Getting started 0 0 00 cece 33 Unlocking senssrdantandaasisgasncaueavorvecssannacscene 34 Unlocking with the SmartKey 34 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 35 Starter switch positions 6 36 Adjusting 0 eeccceeecccceesccceesseceaeeeeeaeee
307. limate control is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Reactivating gt gt Make sure the ignition is switched on Press button gt page 198 or gt page 199 again The previous settings are once again in effect To switch the system on you can also press another button with the excep tion of or Ea and GR gt page 198 or gt page 199 Operating the climate control system in automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volume and air distribution In automatic mode cooling with dehu midify is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary The automatic climate control system can also be switched on or off separately for the left and right sides of the passenger compartment as required gt gt Activating Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Press one button BERRY gt page 198 or gt page 199 The indicator lamp on the button comes on AUTO appears in the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically Use temperature controls Q and gt page 198
308. ll tab upward Vehicle tool kit Server gt Fold the covering forward Electric air pump Vehicle tool kit 3 TIREFIT kit Spare wheel gt Remove the first aid kit 3 Luggage bowl Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Practical hints Where will I find Removing the spare wheel Vehicle tool kit Vehicle jack Pe Ieee DOWECOUMENG OCSWISE The vehicle tool kit is stored in the com Te ee A gt Remove spare wheel partment underneath the trunk floor ane gt page 398 gt pag The jack is designed exclusively for jacking The vehicle tool kit includes up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle To help Storing the spare wheel gt Place spare wheel 2 in wheel well One pair of universal pliers gt Turn luggage bowl clockwise to its stop l avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift to secure the spare wheel e One towing eye bolt the vehicle during a wheel change Never e One wheel wrench get beneath the vehicle while it is supported T by the jack Keep hands and feet away from e One alignment bolt l Always lower trunk floor before closing 8 the area under the lifted vehicle Always the trunk e One fuse extractor firmly set parking brake and block wheels e One collapsible wheel chock before raising vehicle with jack e Spare fuses Vehicles with collapsible tire
309. ller cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 461 and gt page 464 Operation Engine compartment Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze To check the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the engine must be cool Operation Engine compartment Warning A In order to avoid any possibly serious burns Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indi cates that the coolant is overheated Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir con
310. lls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the Te menu in the multifunction display Press button BAN or Re The control system reads the phone book which is stored in the telephone This may take up to 30 seconds In the multifunction display you will see the message Please wait When the message Please wait disap pears the phone book has been load ed Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display The stored names are displayed in as cending or descending alphabetical order If you press and hold EN or RA for longer than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again Cancel the quick search mode by pressing fam gt Press button F The system dials the selected phone number If the connection is successful the name of the party you called and the duration of the call will appear in the multifunction display Tel 00 01 15 HEWMAH 72 F 149 9 MI P54 32 2590 31 If no connection is made the con trol system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory Controls in detail Control system Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the T
311. located in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 399 Practical hints Fuses Main fuse box in passenger compart ment 1 Cover Ba Do not use sharp objects such as a screw driver to open the fuse box cover 1 in the dashboard as this could damage it Opening gt Open the front passenger door gt Insert flat blunt object as a lever in into on the edge of cover Q at the position indicated by the arrow gt Loosen cover Q from the dashboard using lever p gt Using your hands pull cover in the direction of the arrow and remove Closing gt Hook cover Q into the opening at the front gt Press cover Q back on until it engag es Fuse box in trunk 2 Cover 3 Catches gt Turn catches 3 counter clockwise and remove cover 2 Technical data Parts service Warranty coverage Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive Engine Rims and tires Electrical system Main dimensions Weights Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data Parts service The Technical data section provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300000 different parts for Mercedes Benz mo
312. lows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h indepen dent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even with light brake pressure The malfunction warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking If the ABS activates during braking the ABS ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster dial flashes Because of the electro hydraulic brake system you will not feel any pulsation in the brake ped al gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The ABS ESP warning lamp flashes whenever the ABS is activated which can be an indication of hazardous road condi tions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A When the ABS is malfunctioning the BAS and the ESP are also switched off Warning When the ABS is malfunctioning the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the brak ing distance Safety and Security Driving safety systems A The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor
313. lp distinguish each SmartKey with KEYLESS GO unit The function of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS GO function The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey On these vehicles the validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is checked every time you pull an outside door handle If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap Controls in detail Locking and unlocking P 0 35 2087 31 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Lock button Unlock button for the trunk 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 83 When any outside door handle other than the driver s outside door handle is pulled the vehicle is centrally un locked Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a looked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury When you open a door the side window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the window moves up again If the battery is discharged or the side windows are covered with ice the side windows will not move up or down In this case you will not be able to close the door Do not try to close
314. lt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is acti vated The belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner A Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Warning Information on child seats with mount ing fittings for tether anchorages gt page 80 For information on LATCH type child seat mounts gt page 81 The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the Dis trict of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt or if so equipped a top tether anchorage point and a child restraint lower anchorage system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehi cle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint man ufacturer of compliance with this stan dard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruc tion manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system
315. lt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning A N Read and observe the additional warning notices printed in the Safety and security section gt page 70 Getting started 1 Belt outlet 2 Latch plate 3 Release button 4 Buckle Getting started Driving With a smooth motion pull the belt from belt outlet Q Place the shoulder portion of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips Push latch plate 2 into buckle until it clicks If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Belt outlet height adjustment 1 Release button P91 40 2543 31 gt Press release button Q and move the seat belt height adjuster upward or downward Proper use of seat belts Do not twist the belt when fastening Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the belt under your arm Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips over hip joint and not across the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a nearly upright position Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son and another object at the same time When using
316. lve 7 Close vent screw 9 on air hose Insert electrical plug into the vehi cle cigarette lighter socket gt page 258 Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 gt page 36 Press on electric air pump switch 8 The electric air pump should now switch on and inflate the tire Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interrup tion Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again af ter it has cooled off Practical hints Flat tire After 5 minutes the pressure gauge must display at least 26 psi 1 8 bar The air hose can become hot during inflation Please exercise appropriate caution gt If this tire inflation pressure is not at tained turn off the electric air pump detach the filler hose from the tire valve and drive vehicle back and forth very slowly approximately 30 ft 10 m This serves to better distribute the TIREFIT sealant material inside the tire gt Unscrew the air pump s air hose from flange of the TIREFIT contain er Screw air hose onto tire valve 7 Vv Inflate the tire again bb b gt Practical hints Flat tire A If a tire inflation pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar is not attained tire is too severely damaged for TIREFIT to provide a reliable tire repair Warning In this case TIREFIT cannot properly seal the tire Do not drive the vehicle Contact the nearest Mercedes
317. m 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load Front axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Winter tires Rear axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Les 2 Winter tires Radial ply tires CLS 55 AMG Performance Package 8 5 Jx 19 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load 9 5 x 19 H2 or 10Jx 19 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load 2 Must not be used with snow chains 3 Not available as factory equipment Technical data Rims and tires CLS 55 AMG Performance Package 8 5Jx 19 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 245 35 R19 93V XL Extra Load M S 9 5Jx 19 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 275 30 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S Technical data Rims and tires MOExtended tires CLS 500 CLS 500 Sport Package Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 10 in 28 mm Summer tires 245 40 R18 93Y MOExtended Winter tires 2 Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 30 in 33 mm Summer tires 24 275 35 R18 95Y MOExtended LE Winter tires Radial ply tires CLS 500 CLS 500 Sport Package 8 5 Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S MOExtended 8 5 J x 18 H2 0 71 in 18 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S MOExtended 2 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles Run Flat Indicator Canada vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Mon
318. m will occur Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere A Under extremely strenuous operating condi tions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus re ducing the system s efficiency Warning Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Mainte nance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will pro vide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline Warning A N Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious inju ry Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gaso line must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two per sons and no luggage e Do no
319. maged e The correct operating clearance of the wheels and the tires are no longer guar anteed Warning A N Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use Genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can re sult in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on re treads Mercedes Benz can therefore not assure the operating safety of the vehicle when such tires are used Operation Tires and wheels Important guidelines Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as re quired Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under ve in 3 mm Operation Tires and wheels e The wheels on the front and rear axles are different For this reason pay at tention to the markings on the inside of the wheel rims Wheels marke
320. me and air distribution Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Increasing gt Push top of temperature control rocker switch 3 and or gt page 198 or gt page 199 The climate control system will corre spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature Decreasing gt Push bottom of temperature control rocker switch 3 and or gt page 198 or gt page 199 The climate control system will corre spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Adjusting air distribution gt Turn air distribution controls Closing the center air vents and gt page 198 or gt page 199 ee gt Turn thumbwheels 3 and Use the air distribution controls G and on each side of the passenger compart gt page 196 nied gt page 198 or gt page 199 to separate ment to the desired symbol ly adjust the air distribution on each side of The side air vents 2 and G are The indicator lamps on the the passenger compartment to P i i buttons Egy go out The automatic air closed The following symbols are located on the distribution is switched off The air dis Opening the side air vents controls tribution is controlled according to the selected control setting gt Turn thumbwheels 8 and Symbol Function gt page 196 upward A Directs air through the cock ae The side air vents 7 and G are open pit ce
321. ment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free from objects e g packages purs es umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may turn into projec tiles and cause head and other injuries when curtain air bag is deployed Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch Improper work on the system including incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unin tended activation of the SRS e In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inop erative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or emergency tensioning device our safety instructions must be fol lowed These instructions are available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the air bags there is the possibility of abra sions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deploy ment When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator
322. messages 373 Text messages 365 Vehicle status message memory 156 Distance Decreasing in Distronic 235 Increasing in Distronic 234 Warning function 235 Distance to empty range Trip computer 171 Distronic 226 473 Activating deactivating 231 Cleaning system sensor 346 Distance warning function 235 Driving hints 236 Intermittent warning sound 235 Menu 230 Messages in display 366 Sensor cover 346 Symbol in multifunction display 155 Warning and indicator lamps 229 Door Entry lamps 143 Message in display 382 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 269 Door control panel 32 Door handle 32 Doors Opening from inside vehicle 111 DOT 332 473 Drinking and driving 279 Drive dynamic seat 127 Driving Abroad 287 Hydroplaning 283 In winter 285 Instructions 46 Problems 56 Safety systems 84 Systems 222 Through standing water 287 Driving hints Electro hydraulic brake system 92 Driving instructions 279 Driving off 282 Driving safety systems ABS 84 BAS 86 Electro hydraulic brake system 89 ESP 86 473 Driving systems 222 Airmatic DC 238 Cruise control 222 Distronic 226 Driving safety systems 84 Vehicle level control 239 DTR see Distronic Dual control Airmatic DC 238 E Easy entry exit feature 42 Electric air pump 427 Electrical fuses see fuses Electrical system Technical data 458 Electro hydraulic brake system 89 476 Activation 90 Deactivation 91 Driving hints 92 Messages in display 375 3
323. minated in the speedom eter 300 200 100 ft 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2480 31 1 Distronic activated Vehicle status message memory menu Use the vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the sys tem Such messages appear in the multi function display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded The vehicle status message memory menu only appears if there are any messages stored A Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt page 363 Warning gt Press button or repeatedly until the vehicle status message mem ory appears in the multifunction dis play Vehicle status messages have been recorded If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display 2 messages 72 149 8 MI P54 32 3554 31 gt Press button Keg or Ba The stored messages
324. mission for shifting The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the selector lever GPS Global Positioning System Satellite based system for relaying geographic location information to and from vehicles equipped with special receivers Employs DVD digital maps for navigation GVW Gross Vehicle Weight gt page 332 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating gt page 333 Instrument cluster The displays and indicator warning lamps in the driver s field of vision in cluding the tachometer speedometer and fuel gauge KEYLESS GO System for entering and operating the vehicle without the use of a SmartKey Kickdown Depressing the accelerator past the point of resistance shifts the transmis sion down to the lowest possible gear This very quickly accelerates the vehi cle and should not be used for normal acceleration needs Kilopascal kPa gt page 333 Locking knob Knob on the door which indicates whether the door is locked or un locked Pushing the locking knob down on an individual door from inside will lock that door Maintenance System U S vehicles Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due The Vehicle Main tenance System in your vehicle tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since your last maintenance service calculates other maintenance service
325. mode 135 Bi Xenon 472 Cleaning lenses 346 Cleaning system 191 Deactivating 59 Headliner cleaning 350 Heated seats 128 Height adjustment Head restraints 41 Steering wheel 41 Vehicle level 239 High beam flasher 53 138 High beam headlamps Replacing bulbs 415 Switching on 53 138 High mounted brake lamp 412 Hood 293 Installing K Message in display 384 Infant and child restraint systems 80 Key Mechanical 402 HVAC see 4 zone automatic climate Towing eye bolt 439 Key SmartKey control Wiper blades 418 Changing batteries 408 Hydroplaning 283 Instrument cluster 24 144 474 Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Cleaning 349 Changing batteries 409 Coolant temperature gauge 145 KEYLESS GO 110 474 Identification labels 446 Identification Number Vehicle VIN 446 Pt aes BE ane SON ie Ignition 36 38 50 Multifunction display 147 Closing Immobilizer 93 Outside temperature indicator 146 Trunk l 17 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and e NeT Nenu i a nE u Kamine i Delayed switch off 167 Global locking 107 Interior rear view mirror 44 Global unlocking 107 Infant and child restraint systems see ponani notes 105 Children in the vehicle J nemoteconirel 103 Information Jack 398 399 Starting theengine S About service and warranty 10 Jacking up the vehicle 425 e E 60 Button for Tele Aid 267 Jump starting 435 Unlocking and opening trunk 110 Unlocking with 35 Kickdown 180 474 Kilopascal 333 Inside door handle 111 Inside rear vi
326. motive power to the drive axles includ ing e Engine e Clutch torque converter e Transmission e Transfer case e Drive shaft e Axle shafts axles Production options weight gt page 333 Program mode selector switch PSI Used to switch the automatic transmis sion between standard operation S and operation C CLS 55 AMG with steering wheel gear shift control and manual shift program in addition to S and C for sporty S or comfortable C operation you can use M for manual shift program Pounds per square inch gt page 333 Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 333 Restraint systems Seat belts belt tensioners air bags and child restraint systems As indepen dent systems their protective func tions complement one another Rim gt page 333 RON Research Octane Number The Research Octane Number for gaso line as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist undesired detona tion knocking The average of both the gt MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Electro hydraulic brake system Electronically controlled hydraulic braking system for increased braking safety and comfort Sidewall gt page 333 Shift lock When the vehicle is parked this lock prevents the transmission selector le ver from being moved out of position P wit
327. mp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Switch off the headlights Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display symbol 10 oe Display messages cies Geee let baked Substitute bulb on tien Sie ied Wrest Substitute bulb on left front bulb on ie Sie o KiGiie TT eCiate Substitute bulb on Tule aa left mirror Wirt Sich Substitute Turin Siete ELO Il Peele Possible cause consequence Practical hints What to do if Possible solution The left rear turn signal lamp is malfunc gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible tioning A substitute bulb is being used The right rear turn signal lamp is malfunc gt tioning A substitute bulb is being used The left front turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning The right front turn signal lamp is mal functioning The left turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working The right turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working gt gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible
328. n When you unlock the vehicle the P 4 25 4340 31 tow away protection disarms automati cally The tow away alarm remains disarmed until you lock the vehicle again Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting Instrument cluster Control system Automatic transmission Good visibility 4 zone automatic climate control Power windows Power tilt sliding sunroof Driving systems Loading Useful features Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed on your vehi cle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The corresponding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment For more information on locking and un locking see Getting started gt page 34 and gt page 60 SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys are a different color to help distinguish each key unit The SmartKey provides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unl
329. n extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Steering wheel gearshift control CLS 500 The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel 2 eas rsg25 4200s 1 Button outside upshift 2 Button inside downshift You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the inside 2 of one of the buttons on the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 181 Upshifting gt Briefly press the outside C of one of the buttons on the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next high er gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmission Controls in detail Automatic transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hol
330. n detail Instrument cluster To brighten illumination Coolant temperature indicator i gt Turn the reset button in the instrument Excessive coolant temperature triggers cluster clockwise gt page 24 oe A the coolant temperature warning lamp l l Sarine gt page 357 and a warning in the The instrument cluster illumination will l i l SE multifunction display gt page 379 brighten e Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have The engine should not be operated with To dim illumination leaked into the engine compartment to the coolant temperature above 248 F catch fire You could be seriously 120 C Doing so may cause serious gt Turn the reset button in the instrument Unei hichi cluster counterclockwise gt page 24 l A Maula iereeveiney e Steam from an overheated engine can the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The instrument cluster illumination will cause serious burns and can occur just dim by opening the hood Stay away from Gb the engine if you see or hear steam com l l 7 ing from it During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Controls in detail Instrument cluster Trip odometer Make sure you are viewing the trip odome ter display gt page 147 gt If itis not d
331. n off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Coolant stop engine off Coolant Visit workshop Possible cause consequence Possible solution The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and immedi The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunctioning ately turn off the engine gt Check the poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in seri ous engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster gt page 24 gt Drive immediately to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster gt page 24 gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible Display symbol Display messages Display malfunction Visit workshop Display malfunction Visit workshop Engine Service Possible cause consequence The displays for several systems have malfunctioned Some systems them selves may also have malfunctioned Cer
332. nally equipped with air bags that are designed to acti vate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the poten tial and severity of injury It is important to your safety and that of your passen gers that you replace deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protec tion for occupants Safety and Security Occupant safety Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning device and air bag Warning A N Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Air bags and emergency tensioning de vices ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that was activated must be replaced Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger air bag cov er outboard sides of the front seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of addition al electrical electronic equip
333. nded by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significant ly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv er s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash fo
334. nking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifical ly formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorro sion antifreeze coolant will result in a sig nificantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity Model Approx freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C CLS 500 6 0 US qt 5 7 6 6 US qt 6 2 CLS 55 AMG 7 0 US qt 6 551 7 7 US qt 7 21 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Windshield and headlamp washer system Both the windshield and headlamp washer systems are supplied from the windshield washer fluid reservoir The washer fluid reservoir has a capacity of
335. nter side and rear pas You can also turn the air distribution senger compartment air vents control to a position between two sym Closing the side air vents i 3 bols i Directs air to the windshield gt Turn thumbwheels and and through the side air vents 2 z Opening the center air vents gt page 120 aownwara Ted Directs air into the entire vehi i i a gt Turn thumbwheels and air vents 7 and G are i A gt page 196 upward psa vel Directs air to the footwells The side air vents 2 and G are open Adjusting air volume Use buttons gJ gt page 198 or gt page 199 for automatic mode or air volume buttons or gt page 198 or gt page 199 to adjust air volume manually Nine blower speeds are available gt Press button to decrease or button to increase air volume to the desired level The indicator lamps on the buttons MA go out AUTO disappears in the display gt page 198 or gt page 199 and the automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in the display Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button Keg or gt page 198 or gt page 199 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Display gt p
336. nter as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol O ows 1 Display messages Front foglamp left Front foglamp right Front Marker light left Front Marker light right Fr Park lamp left Substitute bulb on Fr Park lamp right SUSU TANS We Or High beam left High beam E License plate lamp left Possible cause consequence The left front fog lamp is malfunctioning The right front fog lamp is malfunctioning The front left side marker lamp is mal functioning The front right side marker lamp is mal functioning The left front parking lamp is malfunction ing A substitute bulb is being used The right front parking lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The left high beam lamp is malfunction ing The right high beam lamp is malfunction ing The left license plate lamp is malfunction ing Possible solution gt vy gt gt gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Practical hints What t
337. ntly locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months de pending on the climate and washing deter gent used Operation Vehicle care Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticor rosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bush ings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be pro tected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wh
338. ntral locking control system 168 Automatic climate control 4 zone automatic climate control 196 Automatic climate control 4 zone 196 Air recirculation mode 206 Deactivating 201 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 206 Rear air conditioning 210 Rear window defroster 195 Setting the temperature 203 Automatic headlamp mode 135 Automatic lighting control Interior lighting 141 Automatic transmission 176 Accelerator position 180 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 190 Gearranges 181 Gear selector lever position 178 Gear shifting malfunctions 190 Kickdown 180 Kickdown manual shift program CLS 55 AMG 190 Manual shift program mode CLS 55 AMG 188 Manual shifting 183 One touch gearshifting 183 Program mode selector switch 182 Selector lever position 176 Starting the engine 49 Winter program mode 182 B BabySmar Airbag deactivation system 78 Compatible child seats 471 Self test 79 IM BabySmart air bag deactivation system 471 Backrest Seat multicontour 126 Seat power 40 Backup lamps Messages in display 387 Bar 332 BAS 86 472 Batteries SmartKey Changing 408 Checking battery condition 102 Batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking 109 Battery Jump starting 435 Battery vehicle 431 Charging 433 Disconnecting 432 Messages in display 369 373 Reconnecting 434 Removing 433 Bead 332 Bi Xenon headlamps 472 Block heater Canada only 337 Brake assist system BAS 472 Brake fluid 291 Messages in
339. o do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution License plate lamp The right license plate lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possible right tioning Light sensor The light sensor is malfunctioning The gt Inthe control system set lamp opera Drive to workshop headlamps switch on automatically tion to manual mode gt page 164 gt Switch on headlamps using the exteri or lamp switch Low beam The left low beam lamp is malfunctioning Halogen headlamp Hen gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Low beam The right low beam lamp is malfunction Halogen headlamp PGK ing gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol 10 ed 1 Display messages Rear foglamp left Rear foglamp right Switch off lamps Taillamp left Substitute bulb on Taillamp right Substitute bulb on Possible cause consequence The left rear fog lamp is malfunctioning The right rear fog lamp is malfunctioning Lamps have been turned on although the SmartKey in the starter switch is in posi tion O Possible solution gt gt gt The left tail lamp is malfunctioning A sub gt stitute bulb is being used The right tail la
340. oads or with snow chains The button is located in the lower section of the center console ip P54 25 4641 31 1 Vehicle level control button 2 Indicator lamp gt Start the engine gt page 49 Briefly press button Q to change from normal level to raised level When vehi cle is at raised level pressing the but ton will return the vehicle to normal level When raised level is set indicator lamp 2 in the button comes on When normal level is set indicator lamp 2 in the button goes out Controls in detail Driving systems o At a speed of approximately above 75 mph 120 km h or if the speed amounts to between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for approximately five minutes the set ting raised is canceled The indicator lamp 2 in the button goes out If you do not drive in this speed range the raised level remains stored even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Controls in detail Driving systems Parktronic system Parking assist The Parktronic system monitors the sur eS Warning A roundings of your vehicle with six sensors jn the front bumper and four sensors in the Warning A N Make sure no persons or animals are in the rear bumper area in which you are maneuvering You Parktronic is a supplemental system It is could otherwise injure them not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility T
341. ock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap Pa0 35 2087 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Unlock button for the trunk 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp Panic button gt page 83 Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a looked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury When you open a door the side window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the window moves up again If the battery is discharged or the side windows are covered with ice the side windows will not move up or down In this case you will not be able to close the door Do not try to close the door with force The door or the window could otherwise be damaged To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey to high levels of electromagnetic radiation Controls in detail Locking and unlocking USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this devic
342. oducts pamphlet are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM standard D 439 The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R Octane Number and the Mo tor M Octane Number R M 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro vides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C and corro sion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the cool ant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant soluti
343. of the backrest side or E button to the bolsters a euron or mes to switch Dynamic seat submenu Powerful Sporty Strong lateral sup unction on or off gt Press button EN or Re repeatedly port and fast air pressure build up in the air cham bers of the backrest side bolsters Dynamic seat submenu until you see Dyn multi cont seat driver for the driver seat or Dyn multi cont seat fr pass for the passenger seat in the multifunction display Access the Dynamic seat submenu via the Settings menu Use the Dynamic seat submenu to change the settings for the dynamic seats The following functions are available The selection marker is on the current setting Function Page Dyn mul ti cont Adjust driver seat 170 seat driver Adjust passenger seat 170 ey E Powerful 72 F 149 8 MI P 4 32 3327 31 gt Press button or E to switch function to Weak or Powerful Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehicle The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics after 171 start Fuel consumption statistics 171 since last reset Distance to empty 172 Fuel consumption statistics after start gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see After start in the multifunction display After start 2 30h 1501 6O0mph 7 18 4mpqg
344. olt Warning A N Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts Warning Only use Genuine equipment Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack gt Unscrew the alignment bolt install last wheel bolt and tighten slightly Vehicles with Minispare wheel gt Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Lowering the vehicle gt page 429 Vehicles with collapsible tire gt Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Inflating the collapsible tire and then Lowering the vehicle gt page 429 Inflating the collapsible tire Do not lower the vehicle before inflat ing the collapsible tire Otherwise the rim may be damaged gt Take the electric air pump out of the trunk gt page 398 Warning A N Observe instructions on air pump label Practical hints Flat tire P40 10 3298 31 1 Flap 2 Air pump switch 3 Electrica
345. ommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care products Power washer When using a power wash for cleaning the vehicle always observe the manufactur er s operating instructions Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on main taining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connec tors seals or other rubber parts Operation Vehicle care a Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inad verte
346. on before folding them away from the windshield They could other wise damage the hood Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Turn combination switch to wiper setting Il gt page 54 gt With wiper arms in vertical position switch off the ignition gt page 60 Warning J For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the windshield the windshield and or the wiper blades Other wise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury gt gt 347 Operation Vehicle care gt gt gt gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they Snap into place Clean the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and detergent solution Use a soft clean cloth and a mild win dow cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the front rear or
347. on depth to the length of your upper leg using switch Q Backrest contour gt Adjust the contour of the backrest to the desired position using or Ea gt Move the backrest support to the bot tom by using button 2 or to the center by using button Backrest side bolsters gt Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch Drive Dynamic seat with multicon tour features The Drive Dynamic seat automatically ad justs the lateral support provided by the backrest to your driving style The Drive Dynamic seat electronically controls the air pressure in the air cham bers of the backrest side bolsters This function improves driving comfort and pleasure In addition the Drive Dynamic seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support The seat cushion movement backrest cushion height and curvature can be con tinuously varied with switches right side of the seat on the driver side or the left side of the seat on the passenger side after turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice 1 Activate drive dynamic function 2 Backrest side bolsters 3 Massage function 4 Backrest center Backrest bottom 6 Seat cushion depth gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Controls in detail Seats Multicontour
348. on must be used year round to provide the necessary corro sion protection and increase boil over pro tection Refer to Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze solu tion or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification see Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet are used to renew the coolant con centration or bring it back up to the proper level To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticor rosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will in crease due to the lower heat transfer capa bility of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorro sion antifreeze Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal dri
349. on the switch show the ventilation level selected The switch is located on the center con sole Seat ventilation can be activated Level manually with the ignition on or by the 3 summer opening feature gt page 217 1 Seat ventilation switch Three indicator lamps on highest level od 2 Two indicator lamps on 1 One indicator lamp on lowest level off No indicator lamp on gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 P54 25 4637 31 Switching seat ventilation on gt Press button Q repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set The seat ventilation is automatically set to the highest level if activated via sum mer opening feature gt page 217 Switching seat ventilation off gt Press button Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If one or all of the lamps flash on the seat ventilation switch there is insuffi cient voltage due to too many electrical consumers being switched on The seat ventilation switches off automatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Y Memory function Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should check and adjust the seat height seat position fore and aft and seat back rest angle if necessary to ensure adequate control reach and comfort The head re straint should also be adjusted for proper height See also the section on air bags gt pa
350. onal injury 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical con sumers such as seat adjustment 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary mains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 352 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition the indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the engine is running This indicates that the respective systems are opera tional The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P Getting started Unlocking T SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If the SmartKey can still not be turned Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop but the battery may not be sufficiently ton on the gear selector lever corresponds charged to turning the SmartKey to the various e Check the battery and charge it if St
351. ons are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Warning Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air condi tioning cooling function of the climate control system The air in the vehicle will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button gt page 198 or gt page 199 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air condition ing gt Press button gt page 198 or gt page 199 again The indicator lamp on the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control If the air conditioning cannot be turned on again this indicates that the air con ditioning is losing refrigerant The com pressor has turned itself off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Residual heat and ventilation Canada only With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine If you switch on the residual heat function when temperatures are high only the ventilation will be switched on
352. or to maintain the speed Distronic menu in the control system In the Distronic menu you can read the cur rent settings for Distronic What appears in the multifunction display depends on whether Distronic and the distance warn ing function are turned on or off gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following dis plays Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the multifunction display oO Ott 300 200 i100 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2479 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Distronic activated If you turn Distronic on you will see the set speed in the multifunction display for about 5 seconds When Distronic is activated you will see the following display in the multifunction display 300 200 100 1 Distronic activated 72 F 149 8 MI Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column 1 Set current or higher speed 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Deactivate Distronic 4 Resume at last set speed Controls in detail Driving systems Activating Distronic You can activate Distronic if e you are driving between 2
353. ormation button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The message Malfunction Drive to work shop appears in the multifunction display A If the indicator lamps on the SOS button on the Roadside Assistance button and or on the Information button remain illuminated continuously in red and or the message Malfunction Drive to workshop is displayed in the multifunction display after the system self check a malfunction in the system has been detected Warning If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatical ly following an accident in which the emer gency tensioning devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See gt page 264 for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp on the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunc tion display When the connection is estab lished the message Call connected appears in the multifunction display All in formation relevant to the emergency such as the location of
354. ot yet at normal operating temperature you must wait 30 minutes before checking oil If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the following message will appear Engine oil level Reduce oil level gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For more information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 382 Adding engine oil kg Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Main tenance System U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles For a list ing of approved engine oils and oil fil ters refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet in your vehicle literature portfolio or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of spec ification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS PLUS Canada vehicles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty CLS 500 CLS 55 AMG Q Filler cap gt Unscrew fi
355. ound on the driver s door B pillar see Technical data gt page 446 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load gt page 310 must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The to tal allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not ex ceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if ap plicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an impor tant weight to measure because it affects the load you can carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is be tween 10 and 15 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recom mend trailer towing with your vehicle Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from be
356. ous Tilt battery up ing until it locks into place 3 Mechanical key gt Slide mechanical key back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey and the KEYLESS GO Y Replacing bulbs Bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling It is there fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as semblies are in good working order at all times Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced See your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humidity driving the vehicle a dis tance with the lights on should clear up the fogging Practical hints Replacing bulbs Substitute bulbs will be brought into use when lamps malfunction Observe the messages in the multifunction dis play gt page 387 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front lamps Rear lamps Lamp Type Lamp Type Q Additional turn signal LED 7 High mounted brake LED lamps lamp Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Brake tail parking HiP Halogen headlamps standing backuplamps LED Leen eer H7 55 W and turn signal lamps Rear fog lamp Bi Xenon headlamps l Low and high beam p2s 35w License plate lamps C5W 4 Side marker lamp W5W Halogen headlamps High beam high beam
357. ow load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simulta neously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 181 To avoid overrevving the engine when the gear selector lever is moved to the D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Controls in detail Automatic transmission Upshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simul taneously extends the gear range of the transmission Canceling gear rang
358. p not to come on during self test or be continuously lit indicating that the system is not function ing 1 Cover P91 40 2439 31 gt Remove cover 1 from anchorage ring 7 NAN ring gt Store cover Q in a convenient place e g glove box gt Securely fasten the hook 2 to the anchorage ring 3 gt Guide tether strap between head re straint and top of the seat back For safety make sure the hook 2 has attached to the ring 3 beyond the safety catch as illustrated Once the top tether anchorage hook is attached the child restraint itself can be secured Tighten the top tether strap according to the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren type anchors at each of the rear seats for the installation of a LATCH child seat with the matching mounting fittings The anchors are located behind an uphol stery blend P9Y 12 2740 31 1 Indicates the position of the anchors 2 Anchors gt Lift upholstery blend up to access the anchors gt Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions a Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Children
359. page 295 Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine Add engine oil gt page 296 and check the engine oil level gt page 295 Have oil siphoned or drained off Observe all legal requirements with respect to its disposal Display symbol Display messages Engine oil level Visit workshop Change engine oil Visit workshop Possible cause consequence The engine oil has dropped to a critical level It may be that there is water in the engine oil Oil sensor malfunction The measuring system is malfunctioning Visit workshop When the Engine oil Visit workshop message appears while the engine is run ning and at operating temperature the en gine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level When this occurs the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engine oil should be topped to the required level with an approved oil specified in the Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Check the engine oil level gt page 295 and add oil as required gt page 296 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks gt Have the engine oil checked gt Have the measuring system checked by an authorized Mer
360. pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6 000 miles 5000 to 10 000 km or sooner if neces sary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained gt page 304 Operation Tires and wheels Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure A Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm Warning Only use Genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims For information on wheel change see the Practical hints section gt page 398 and gt page 419 Operation Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center This service includes e Check of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addition of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for temperatures below freezing point gt page 468
361. pears in the display the in dividual inflation pressure values are matched with the tires The individual values are displayed after a few min utes driving Operation Tires and wheels Warning A N It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle With a spare wheel without wheel sen sor mounted the system may still indi cate the tire inflation pressure of the removed wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the in dicated value where the spare wheel is mounted does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressure Operation Tires and wheels Warning A N The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the supplemental tire pressure in formation on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by care fully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom me
362. peed to the extent permitted by reduced throttle and up to 20 braking power to maintain the pre set minimum following distance DOT Department of Transportation gt page 332 DTR gt Distronic Engine number The number set by the manufacturer and placed on the cylinder block to uniquely identify each engine pro duced Engine oil viscosity Measurement for the inner friction viscosity of the oil at different temper atures The higher the temperature an oil can tolerate without becoming thin or the lower the temperature it can tol erate without becoming viscous the better the viscosity ESPE Electronic Stability Program Improves vehicle handling and direc tional stability ETD Emergency Tensioning Device Device which deploys in certain frontal and rear collisions exceeding the sys tem s threshold to tighten the seat belts gt SRS FSS PLUS Canada vehicles Flexible Service System PLUS Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due FSS evaluates engine temperature oil level vehicle Speed engine speed distance driven and the time elapsed since your last service calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating gt page 332 Gear range Number of gears which are available to the automatic trans
363. physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns fol lowing another vehicle too closely or hydro planing Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabili ties of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others ESP The Electronic Stability Program ESP monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap plying brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limiting engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is espe cially useful while driving off and on wet or Slippery road surfaces The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Warning A N Never switch off the ESP when you see the ABS ESP warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While
364. plumb line as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline Practical hints Flat tire Warning The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle e Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised P40 00 7042 31 e Never lie down under the raised vehicle Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Never start engine while vehicle is raised Removing the wheel P40 10 3746 31 1 Alignment bolt Practical hints Flat tire gt Unscrew the upper most wheel bolt and remove gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt Q supplied in the tool kit gt Remove the remaining bolts Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads gt Remove the wheel Mounting the spare wheel Warning A N Vehicles with collapsible tire Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly mounted Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric pump gt page 427 before lowering the vehicle gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub gt Guide the spare wheel onto the align ment bolt and push it on gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten them slightly To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while in stalling first wheel b
365. preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired On uphill or downhill grades the cruise speed control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the gt Briefly lift Q or depress the cruise set speed will be resumed control lever On downhill grades the cruise control DS e maintains the set speed with active a lt gt Remove your foot from the accelerator braking action In addition on longer N D a i huha pedal downhill grades the automatic trans Set current or higher speed Cruise control is activated mission will automatically downshift 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Cancel cruise control 4 Resume at last set speed The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds and the corresponding speed ometer segments from the selected speed Warning A N to the vehicle maximum speed are illumi nated The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Keep in mind that the cruise control is a con venience system designed to assist the driv er during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the ve hicle s speed and for safe brake operation Controls in detail Driving systems Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel the cruise control gt or gt Step on
366. r authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains Operation Winter driving Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires use of snow chains is not permis sible with the following tire sizes e 275 30 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S e 275 35 R18 95V e 285 35 ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load e 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load e 7155 70 R17 110M e 175 55 18 95P Vv Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Maintenance service indicator mes sage The maintenance service indicator will notify you when your next maintenance service is due Starting approximately 1 month before the next maintenance service is due one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition exam ple service A Service A in XXXX Miles km
367. r approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subse quent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of in compatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly If a condition causing the TPMS to mal function develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Operating radio transmission equip ment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction Operation Tires and wheels Reactivating Advanced TPMS The TPMS must be reactivated when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Warning It
368. r dis play mode Set time hours Select language Set time minutes Select display speed dis Set date month play or outside tempera ture for status line Select display speed dis Set date day play or outside tempera ture for basic display Set date year LIGHTING VEHICLE Set daytime running Set automatic lamp mode locking USA only Set locator lighting Ambient lighting Exterior lamps de layed shut off Interior lighting delayed shut off CONVENIENCE Activate easy entry exit feature Controls in detail Control system DYNAMIC SEAT Set level for dynam ic seat driver Set parking position Set level for dynam for exterior rear view mirror ic seat passenger Controls in detail Control system Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Instr clus ter submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available Function Page Select speedometer display 160 mode Select language 160 Select display speed display or 161 outside temperature for status display Select display speed display or 161 outside temperature for basic display Selecting speedometer display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Instr cluster submenu Press button BeN or Ref repeatedly until you see Display unit Speed odometer in the multifunction
369. r lamp located in the central Sees 30 seconds a call to the Response locking switch in the center console The turn signal lamps flash three times Center is initiated automatically by the to indicate that the alarm system is Tele Aid system gt page 261 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available ca armed The indicator lamp Q begins to flash after approximately 30 seconds after arming the alarm system If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times one of the following ele ments may not be properly closed e a door e the trunk Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again Disarming the alarm system gt Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed The alarm system will rearm automati cally after approximately 40 seconds if neither a door nor the trunk was opened Canceling the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey The alarm is canceled With KEYLESS GO gt Pull an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle The alarm is cance
370. r s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch gt page 36 Releasing seat belts gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 47 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair the effectiveness of the seat belt and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Locking Warning A N To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Before closing doors make sure that there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Parking and locking A warning sounds and the mes
371. r s door with the gear selector lever not in P P N Sie Ue You have attempted to start the gt Place the gear selector lever in position P Neutral or Park engine with the KEYLESS GO or N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed start stop button while the gear se lector lever was in position R or D Low Battery The battery has insufficient voltage As soon as the on board voltage is sufficient the Conven functions and can no longer supply conve consumers will switch on again temporarily nience functions such as the rear unavailable window defroster Practical hints What to do if Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Please note On board voltage is sufficient the Conven functions consumers will switch on again available again Nua lei INAC or Run Flat Indicator is gt Have the Run Flat Indicator checked by an inactive malfunctioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center Check tires There was a warning message about gt Make sure that the correct tire inflation pres Then reactivate a loss in the tire inflation pressure sure is set for each tire Run Flat Indicator and the Run Flat Indicator has not gt Then reactivate the Run Flat Indicator been reactivated yet Nid Flere Wiel est cor The Run Flat Indicator has been gt Have the Run Flat Indicator checked by an unavailable switched off due to an error authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire pressure The Run Flat Indicator indica
372. r seats Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant or toddler restraint or booster seat recom mended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle gt page 75 A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Getting started Adjusting Seat adjustment Gp The memory function gt page 131 lets you store the settings for the seat posi tion together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors The seat adjustment switches are located on the front doors Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow Q Adjust a comfortable seating position P that still allows you to reach the accel 4 Seat fore and aft adjustment erator brake pedal safely The position 2 Backrest tilt should be as far to the rear as possible 3 Head restraint height consistent with ability to properly oper 4 Seat height ate controls Seat cushion tilt T gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 When moving the seat make sure ol there are no items in the footwell or be gt Open the respective door hind the seats Otherwise you could damage the sea
373. r vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the vehi cle ahead The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display field The thumbwheel for making the time set ting is located on the lower section of the center console AN It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recom mendations for safe following distance Warning switch 2 Indicator lamp 3 Thumbwheel for setting distance Increasing distance Increasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a greater following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 3 towards BEA Decreasing distance Decreasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a shorter following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 3 towards BEA Distance warning function When Distronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recog nizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning will sound if necessary If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead When pressing the brake pedal the warn ing
374. ractical hints 352 Problems While driving 56 With vehicle 17 Product information 9 Production options weight 333 Program mode selector switch 476 Automatic transmission 182 PSI 333 PULSE function Massage function 128 Push start see Tow start R Radio Selecting satellite radio stations USA only 154 Selecting stations 153 Radio transmitters 287 Range distance to empty 172 Rear door window Blocking operation 82 Rear fog lamp Switching on 138 Rearlamp 412 Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear passenger compartment Airvents 210 Rear storage compartment in the rear center console 253 Rear view mirrors auto dimming 191 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors Rear window defroster 195 Rear window sunshade 194 Recommended tire inflation pressure 333 Regular checks 291 Releasing seat belts 60 Remote control SmartKey 98 Remote controls SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 103 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 269 Replacing bulbs Frontlamps 414 High beam headlamps 415 License plate lamps 416 Low beam headlamps 414 Parking lamps 415 Taillamps 416 Turn signallamp 415 Reporting safety defects 18 Reserve fuel Message in display 384 Reset button in the instrument cluster 158 Reset tool Despositori 407 Resetting Maintenance service indicator 341 Restraint system see Infant and child restraint systems Rims 333 Roadside assistance RON 291 RON Research Octane Number 476 Roof rack 246 Rotating tires 335 Rubber parts cleaning 349 Run Flat Ind
375. rans 3 or to activate the remote con mitter button previously trained follow trolled device these steps The integrated remote control trans mitter continues to send the signal as long as the button Is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Simultaneously press and hold down the outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 4 for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lamp Q flashes rap idly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased If you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips Check the frequency of the hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The in tegrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 288 399 MHZ Put a new battery in the hand held re mote control This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote con trol sending a faster and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control Controls in detail Useful features While performing step 3 hold the hand held remote control at differ ent lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying an gles at the dist
376. rcedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial control of the pollutants in the exhaust emissions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Maintenance Booklet To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat which could potentially start a fire A As with any vehicle do not idle park or operate this vehicle in areas where combus tible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should there fore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized techni cians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Merc
377. re required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system With the special child seat properly installed the passenger front air bag will not deploy The indicator lamp locat ed in the center console will be illuminat ed except with the SmartKey removed or in starter switch position O The system does not deactivate the side impact air bag the window curtain air bag and the emergency tensioning device Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the indicator lamp located in the center console comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the passenger seat More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 362 Warning A N The BabySmart air bag deactivation sys tem will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation sys tem The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorre
378. re and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased Adapt your driving style according ly For more information refer to Electro hydraulic brake system gt page 89 With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the steering system In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is nec essary to steer the vehicle Adapt your driv ing accordingly To signal turns while being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate the combina tion switch for the left or right turn signal in the usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the haz ard warning flasher will operate again When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground please note the follow ing With the automatic central locking acti vated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 2 the ve hicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turn ing at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more Switch off the tow away alarm if equipped gt page 95 To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking deactivate the automatic cen
379. re is above 51 psi 3 5 bar release excess tire in flation pressure using the vent screw A Follow recommend inflation pressures Warning Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated gt Detach the electric air pump gt Stow electrical plug and air hose behind flap and place the air pump back in the trunk Lowering the vehicle gt Lower vehicle by turning crank coun terclockwise until vehicle is resting ful ly on its own weight gt Remove the jack P40 10 3748 31 1 Wheel bolts gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol lowing the diagonal sequence illustrat ed 4 to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm A Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Warning gt Before storing the jack in the trunk it should be fully collapsed Wrap the damaged wheel in the protec tive film that comes with the spare wheel and put the wheel in the trunk You can also place the damaged wheel down into the spare wheel well In this case
380. re on each side of the rear passenger compartment You can also adjust the rear tempera ture using the front climate control panel gt page 198 or gt page 199 You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C The adjusted tem perature appears in the display The rear climate control will adjust to the set temperature as fast as possible Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control 5 i F P85 50 2062 31 Display 1 Temperature left 2 Temperature right gt Adjust the temperature to the desired setting for each side of the passenger compartment using the left and right temperature buttons The temperature in the rear passenger compartment is adjusted automatical ly The rear climate control will not cool the air when the air conditioning is switched off gt page 209 Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Adjusting air distribution Adjusting the rear settings with the gt Set the desired temperature for the front control panel rear passenger compartment using temperature rocker switches and 6 gt page 210 gt Push the slide for the left center vent C or right center vent 2 tothe You can adjust the temperature for the left right up or down rear climate control from the front climate control panel After approximately 5 seconds after the last adjustment the display switc
381. re the setting for the seat posi tion together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors Easy entry exit feature This feature allows for easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activat ed or deactivated in the Convenience sub menu of the control system gt page 168 A You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated Warning To cancel steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering column stalk gt page 42 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 132 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you e close the driver s door with the ignition switched on or e insert the SmartKey into the starter switch with the driver s door closed The last set steering wheel position is stored when e the ignition is switched off e the position is stored in memory gt page 132 With th
382. re traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet Controls in detail Driving systems Warning A N Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the sensor is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog The distance control could be impaired Always pay attention to traffic conditions even while Distronic is switched on Other wise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late and could cause an accident resulting in person al or fatal injury to you or others Controls in detail Driving systems Warning A N Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not Distronic is activated Use of Distronic can be dangerous on wind ing roads or in heavy traffic because condi tions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off Distronic e when changing from the left to the right
383. refer ences are located at the end of each seg ment Unlocking with the SmartKey Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury P80 35 2066 31 a SmartKey with remote control gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey Lock button l Untock burtontortrunk e All turn signal lamps flash once 3 Unlock button e An acoustic signal sounds once 4 Panic button gt page 83 For more information see Factory setting gt page 100 e The locking knobs in the doors move up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The electro hydraulic brake system is activated gt page 89 gt Get in the vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Opening a door causes the window on that door to open slightly They will re turn to the up position when the door is closed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 98 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO With the KEYLESS GO function you can lock and unlock the vehicle without using the remote control buttons on the SmartKey and start the engine without in serting the SmartKey in the starter switch To unlock the vehicle the SmartKey wit
384. rive to workshop Tele Aid system is malfunctioning If the an authorized Mercedes Benz Center vehicle battery is also dead Tele Aid will not be operational SRS Restraint system The system is malfunctioning gt Drive with added caution to the near malfunction est authorized Mercedes Benz Visit workshop Center Warning A Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnec essarily which could also result in injury In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Caution One or more tires are deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Tire defect The respective tire is shown in the abrupt steering and braking maneuvers multifunction display gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 41 9 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Check tires The tire pressure in one or more tires gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding is already below the minimum value abrupt steering and braking maneuvers vy The respective tire is shown in the
385. rmation helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety DaimlerChrysler may access the information and share it with others for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency for use in dispute resolution involving DaimlerChrysler its affiliates or sales service organization and or as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system At a glance Cockpit Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console Overhead control panel Storage compartments Door control panel Item Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Steering wheel gearshift control Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Multifunction steering wheel Instrument cluster Horn Page 53 54 53 184 186 223 226 26 148 24 144 0000 Item Lever for voice control sys tem see separate operating instructions Front Parktronic warning indicator Overhead control panel Glove box lid release glove box lock Glove box Center console Starter switch Steering wheel adjustment stalk Page 242 29 251
386. roke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 0 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5600 rpm 225 kW 5600 rpm 339 Ib ft 2 700 rom 4250 rpm 460 Nm 2 700 rpm 4250 rpm 6300 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Belt one 2390 mm CLS 55 AMG 219 376 M113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 331 8 cu in 5439 cm 9 1 469 hp 6 100 rpm 350 kW 6 100 rpm 516 Ib ft 2 650 rpm 4500 rpm 700 Nm 2650 rpm 4500 rpm 6500 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Belt one 1289 mm Belt two 2449 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Y Rims and tires Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are devel oped to provide best possible perfor mance in conjunction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as ABS or ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and ap proved by Mercedes Benz can be iden tified by finding the following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires AMG vehicles Does not apply to all approved tires on AMG vehicles For information on tested and approved tires for AMG vehicles contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center e MOE
387. rove our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Opera tor s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price
388. rrently unavailable Active headlamps malfunction Drive to workshop Active headlamps Substitute bulb on Backup lamp left Backup lamp right Brake lamp Drive to workshop Brake lamp left Substitute bulb on Brake lamp right Substitute bulb on 3rd brake lamp Possible cause consequence The Bi Xenon cornering lamps system Is malfunctioning The Bi Xenon cornering lamps system Is malfunctioning The active headlamps are malfunctioning Another light is being used The left reverse lamp is malfunctioning The right reverse lamp is malfunctioning Brake lamp illumination is delayed or lamp is permanently on The left brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The right brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The high mounted brake lamp is malfunc tioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Ce
389. rugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Operation Driving instructions Pedals A Make sure that absolutely no objects are ob structing the pedals range of movement Keep the drivers footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance Warning Operation Driving instructions Power assistance Warning A N The brake system requires electrical energy for operation A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake system operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp gt page 354 and warning messages in the instrument cluster gt page 363 come on while driving To brake the driver must then apply signifi cantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recom mend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or ap propriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing
390. s Front fog lamps Front side marker lamps Rear lamps except license plate lamps Have the headlamp adjustment checked regularly Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs for front lamps Low beam bulb halogen headlamps only gt Turn housing cover 1 counterclock wise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder with the bulb coun terclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb at its socket out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb so that its socket locates in the recess of bulb holder and is level to it P82 10 3852 31 3 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp bulb 4 Bulb holder of high beam bulb Bulb socket for parking and standing P54 00 2459 31 1 Housing cover for low beam halogen or Bi Xenon headlamp Cs Housiisicov O EOE iol r of low beam bulb r inate ae sage oe ii lamp high beam flasher bulb and for She Nene j p parking and standing lamp bulb Before you start to replace a bulb for a gt Align housing cover Q and turn it front lamp do the following first clockwise Warning A N gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position W gt page 134 gt Open the hood gt page 293 except for side marker lamps Do not remove the cover Q for the Bi Xe non headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician
391. s upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades rep resent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Warning Temperature The temperature grades are A the high est B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning A N The temperature grade for this tire is estab lis
392. s Manual Warning Only use seat covers which have been test ed and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the front side impact air bags Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for avail ability Front air bags pb166 3032 31 1 Driver s air bag 2 Passenger air bag Driver and passenger air bags are de ployed e inthe event of a frontal impact e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags Safety and Security Occupant safety The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts The front passenger air bag will only be deployed if e the front passenger seat is occupied e the indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 78 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety Side impact air bags window curtain air bags d 1 Front side impact air bags 2 Window curtain air bag 3 Rear side impact air bags P91 60 3088 31 The side impact a
393. sage Switch off lamps appears in the multifunction display if the vehicle s exterior lamps are not switched off e with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the driver s door open e with the engine turned off using the KEYLESS GO start stop button and the driver s door open same as SmartKey removed from the starter switch Switch off the exterior lamps Exit the vehicle and close all doors and the trunk Getting started Parking and locking Locking with the SmartKey Locking with KEYLESS GO gt After exiting the vehicle press lock button Q at the outside door handle or Aft iting the vehicl lock gt After exiting the vehicle press loc on the trunk lid button on the SmartKey gt page 34 e All turn signal lamps flash three e All turn signal lamps flash three times times e An acoustic signal sounds three times For more information see Factory setting gt page 107 e An acoustic signal sounds three times For more information see Factory setting gt page 100 n e The locking knobs in the doors 1 Lock button move down e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed e The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 103 unlocking gt page 98 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm Dri
394. se the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintention ally This may lead to vehicle damage the windshield gt page 347 This will er prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield When leaving the car wash make sure that the mirrors are folded out Other wise they may vibrate Do not use chrome cleaner on orna mental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appear ance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those orna mental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Vehicle care Headlamps tail lamps side markers Cleaning the Distronic system sensor turn signal lenses cover To prevent scratches or damage never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensor cover Q Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lens es Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plas tic lamp lenses of the headlamps
395. se the switch Controls in detail Power windows Fully opening the windows Synchronizing power windows Express open If the upward movement of the window The power windows must be synchronized gt Press switch to G past the resis is blocked during the closing proce tance point and release dure the window will stop and open e after the battery has been disconnect The corresponding window opens com Senay ee pletely Remove the obstruction pull the re e if the power windows cannot be fully spective power window switch again opened Express open or closed Fully closing the windows past the resistance point and release Express close Express close If the window still does not close when Synchronizing gt Pull switch 2 to past the resis there is no obstruction pull and hold tance point and release the respective power window switch gt Close all doors l l The side window will then close without be as The corresponding window closes com gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 letel the obstruction sensor function peie gt Pull switch to until the side win Stopping windows during Express op dows are completely closed Warning AN eration gt Hold on to switches 2 to G for approximately 1 second Driver s door only gt Press or pull the respective power win PP y If within 5 seconds switch is again pulled dow switch again The power windows are synchronized past th
396. sing the trunk closing switch j y 1 Trunk closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press trunk closing switch 4 briefly The trunk closes Controls in detail Locking and unlocking o You can also close the trunk lid by hand If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Warning A N Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following press the trunk closing switch press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch press the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle
397. sion Fluid CLS 55 AMG 8 67 US qt 8 2 I Rear axle 1 37 US qt 1 3 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Power steering Front wheel hubs Brake system Cooling system Fuel tank including a reserve of Model CLS 500 CLS 55 AMG Capacity approx 1 1 US qt 1 01 approx 3 0 oz 85 g each 1 1 US gt 1 05 I 11 9 US qt 11 3 I 13 84 US qt 13 1 I 21 12 US gal 80 0 2 38 US gal 9 0 I Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB Power Steering Fluid Pentosin CHF 11S High temperature roller bearing grease MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Air conditioning system R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 Windshield washer and head 7 4 US gt 7 0 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate lamp cleaning system 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available pre mixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 470 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested
398. so be malfunctioning available Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of an accident The charging voltage has fallen below gt Switch off electrical consumers that 10 volts The ABS has switched off are currently not needed e g seat heating The battery may not be sufficiently charged gt If necessary have the generator and battery checked When the voltage is above this value again the ABS is operational again Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow ABS ESP warning The ESP is deactivated gt Switch the ESP back on gt page 89 Amp come on Meene E Risk of accident If the ESP cannot be switched back on have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road weather and traffic conditions The yellow ABS ESP warning The ABS ESP or traction control has come gt When driving off apply as little throt lamp flashes while driving into operation because of detected traction tle as possible JO TL ale kaa owe ats gt While driving ease up on the acceler Distronic is deactivated ator gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather condi tions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 89 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accidents Practic
399. sound ceases The warning sound will also cease when the distance to the vehi cle ahead is sufficient again without apply ing the brakes In this case the distance warning lamp also go out Warning A N If the distance warning lamp in the in strument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds im mediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a pos sible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application Especially depending on road surface conditions and driver reaction this will not always enable you to avoid a colli sion Controls in detail Driving systems Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings Activating gt Press switch 1 The indicator lamp 2 on the switch comes on A loudspeaker symbol appears in the multifunction display gt page 231 Deactivating gt Press switch Q The indicator lamp 2 on the switch goes out No loudspeaker symbol appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Driving systems Driving with Distronic This section describes a number of driving situations where special precaution Is required on the part of the driver Be pre pared to brake in such situations Th
400. sparks away from battery Do not smoke Warning Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 299 The main battery is located in the trunk un derneath the luggage box gt page 401 gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn off all electrical consumers Apply parking brake Shift gear selector lever to position P gt Connect positive terminals 4 and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery first Never invert the terminal connections Pa es P54 10 2482 31 1 Positive terminal of discharged battery 2 Negative terminal of discharged bat tery 3 Positive terminal of charged battery 4 Negative terminal of charged battery gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals G and 2 of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery first gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi cle The message Malfunction electric consumers switched off may appear in the instrument cluster It will disap pear as soon as the battery is suffi ciently charged Now you can again turn on the electrical consumers Do not turn on the lights under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals 2 and and then from positive terminals 4 and 3 Now you can turn on the lig
401. ssage and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Possible solution gt Have the measuring system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Add coolant gt page 297 If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Coolant The coolant is too hot gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location SOD e Oia gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could other wise damage the engine During severe operation conditions and Warning AN stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have T leaked into the engine compartment to The engine should not be operated with catch fire You could be seriously burned the coolant temperature above 248 F Steam from an overheated engine can cause 120 C Doing so may cause serious serious burns and can occur just by opening damage which is not covered by the the engine hood Stay away from the engine Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty if you see or hear steam coming from it Tur
402. sun visors down when you engaged in the mounting e 10 seconds after you put the gear experience glare Lamp 3 switches on selector lever out of position R Controls in detail Good visibility If sunlight enters through a side window gt Disengage sun visor C from mounting 4 gt Pivot sun visor to the side y gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Press switch Q briefly to raise the sun shade Press switch 1 briefly to lower the sunshade A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take Warning a it with you and lock the vehicle Do not a Always raise the sunshade fully for its sup If sun visor Q is disengaged from leave children unattended in the vehicle or l l l port against the window frame mounting with mirror cover 2 with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu open mirror lamp will switch off pervised use of vehicle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury A When operating the rear window sunshade be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the raising or lowering pro cedure Warning Rear window sunshade The switch is located in the center console The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing switch 1 To reverse direction of move ment press switch Q again Rear window defroster T
403. sure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster gt page 25 Depending on how the telltale illumi nates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continu ously one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e lf the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pres sure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display The present inflation pressures are displayed only after a few minutes travel time Possible differences between the read ings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur Usually the readings issued by the con trol system are more precise gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Press the EAN or RA button until the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display Tire pressure psi 29 31 Co Far ia 41 149 8 MI P54 32 2140 31 When the message lire pressure displayed only after driving a few minutes ap
404. system available today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities The activation of the SRS temporarily releas es a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither injurious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some tempo rary breathing difficulty for people with asth ma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear your seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and ensure that it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in an upright position
405. t Pull out exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp is switched on The high beam headlamp indicator lamp Ee in the instrument cluster comes on gt page 24 The yellow indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt page 134 gt Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to its original position to switch off the high beam gt Push inthe exterior lamp switch to first stop The rear fog lamp is switched off Combination switch The high beam headlamp indicator The yellow indicator lamp in the High beam lamp E in the instrument cluster exterior lamp switch goes out High beam flasher goes out The front fog lamps remain lit High beam flasher gt Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow 2 Corner illuminating front fog lamps Es EA Non eaa ampa The corner illuminating front fog lamps im prove illumination of the road onto which you are turning Corner illuminating front fog lamps will op erate with the engine running and with e the exterior lamp switch in position gt page 134 or e the exterior lamp switch in position W gt page 134 or e the daytime running lamp mode activated gt page 136 Corner illuminating front fog lamps will only come on in low ambient lighting conditions The corner illuminating front fog lamps function is not available at a vehicle speed above 25 mph 40 km h Driving forward
406. t Push in cigarette lighter The lighter will pop out automatically when hot The lighter socket can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum 85 W designed for use with the standard cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind however that connecting acces sories to the lighter socket for exam ple extensive connecting and disconnecting or using plugs that do not fit properly can damage the lighter socket With the socket damaged the lighter may no longer be able to be placed in the heating pushed in posi tion or the lighter may pop out too ear ly with the lighter not hot enough To help avoid damaging the cigarette lighter socket we recommend con necting 12V DC electrical accessories designed for use with a standard ciga rette lighter plug type to the 12V pow er outlets gt page 259 in your vehicle whenever possible Controls in detail Useful features Power outlet The power outlet is located in the rear stor age compartment in the rear center con sole 1 Power outlet 2 Cover gt Slide cover 2 back The power outlet can be used to ac commodate 12 V DC electrical acces sories e g air pump auxiliary lamps up to a maximum 180 W Controls in detail Useful features i Telephone ing An additional power outlet is located on Warning MISH E Te SICE INANE MUNK Whenever you are using floormats make Warning A
407. t page 368 securely installed when the vehicle is in l l l e Resynchronize the side windows operation Never invert the terminal connections gt page 216 gt Install the luggage box gt page 401 e Resynchronize the tilt sliding sun roof gt page 221 Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Y Jump starting Warning A N Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding Do not tow start the vehicle Jump starting must only be performed on the main battery installed in the trunk
408. t exceed Ta of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasolines which contain these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Refer to Factory Approved Service Products Pamphlet for a listing of approved product s Follow di rections on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary costs and may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending addition al fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles listed in the Fac tory Approved Service Pr
409. t least 10 seconds before restarting Vv Restart the engine Move gear selector lever to position D for second gear or R gt Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Y Good visibility For information on windshield wipers see a Windshield wipers gt page 54 The headlamps are cleaned automati cally if Headlamp cleaning system e the lights are switched on The button is located on the left side of the dashboard and e the windscreen is wiped with wind screen washer fluid fifteen times If the ignition is switched off the auto matic headlamp cleaning mode is reset and counting is resumed from 0 For more information on filling up the washer reservoir see the Operation sec tion gt page 300 1 Headlamp washer button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Press button Q The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet Controls in detail Good visibility Rear view mirrors For more information on setting the rear view mirrors see Mirrors gt page 44 Auto dimming mirrors The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mir ror The rear view mirrors will
410. t liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occu pants may cause serious injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The cup holder must be extended when in use with bottles When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an acci dent Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehi cle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interi or may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Useful features Cup holder in the center console Extending the cup holder Ws J E h ae s M A p j w W r i MN gt i gt Briefly press mark on cup holder P68 00 4039 31 The cup holder automatically extends upward Retracting the cup holder gt Press mark on cup holder and push cup holder in until it engages Controls in detail Useful features Removing the cup holder The cup holder can be removed for cleaning Clean the cup holder with clear lukewarm water gt Extend cup holder gt page 255 Press mark on cup holder and remove cup holder by pulling it upward Reinstalling the cup holder gt Insert c
411. t use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Practical hints What to do if Where will I find Unlocking locking in an emergency Opening closing in an emergency Resetting activated head restraints Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing bulbs Replacing wiper blades Flat tire Battery Jump starting Towing the vehicle Fuses Practical hints What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while driving General information bulb self check when switching on the igni If any of the following lamps in the instru tion have the respective bulb checked and ment cluster fails to come on during the replaced if necessary Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The ABS has detected a malfunction and has gt Continue driving with added caution switched off The BAS and the ESP are also Wheels may lock during hard braking switched off see messages in multifunction reducing steering capability e apley gt Read and observe messages in the The electro hydraulic brake system is still multifunction display gt page 363 functioning normally but without the ABS gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning oth as possible er systems such as the Parktronic system Distronic or the automatic transmission may al
412. t your authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning A N To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time August 16 2005 GSP TIP Printed in Germany
413. tain electronic systems are unable to relay information to the control system The following systems may have failed e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Cruise control display There may be a malfunction in e the fuel injection system e the ignition system e the exhaust system Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution When the multifunction display is mal functioning warnings and malfunc tion messages might not be displayed Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the engine checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Doors open USA only Add 1 Qt engine oll at next refueling Canada only Add 1 Liter engine o at next refueling Engine oil level stop engine off Engine oil level Reduce oil level Possible cause consequence You are attempting to drive with one or more doors open The engine oil level is too low There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine damage You have added too much engine oil There is a risk of damaging e the engine e the catalytic converter Possible solution gt Close the doors Add engine oil gt page 296 and check the engine oil level gt
414. tains hot fluid and is under pressure Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con tact with hot engine parts The coolant expansion tank is located on the driver s side of the engine compart ment Coolant expansion tank gt Using a rag turn the cap slowly approx imately one half turn counterclockwise to release any excess pressure gt gt gt Continue turning the cap counterclock wise and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level for cold coolant reaches the top of the mark plastic bridge visible through the filling opening for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher Add coolant as required Replace and tighten cap For more information on coolant see the Technical data section gt page 466 eae Your vehicle is equipped with two batter les e Auxiliary battery located in the engine compartment e Main battery starter and electrical consumers located in the trunk gt page 431 The batteries should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve their rated ser vice life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short dis
415. tance trips you will need to have the bat tery charge checked more frequently When replacing the battery always use batteries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe DOD P Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with clean water and seek medical help if necessary Operation Engine compartment Wear eye protection Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Operation Engine compartment Windshield washer system and During all seasons add MB Windshield T headlamp cleaning system Washer Concentrate S to water Premix Only use washer fluid which is suitable the windshield washer fluid in a suitable The windshield washer reservoir is located container in the engine compartment Warning A N For more information see Windshield and
416. tch or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle The hazard warning flasher switches on automatically when an air bag deploys Switching on hazard warning flasher gt Press the hazard warning flasher switch Q All turn signals are flashing With the hazard warning flasher acti vated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the ing direction and steering angle The hazard warning flasher switch is locat ed on the center console respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Place the gear selector lever out of o position R Switching off hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch Q again If the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch Q once to switch off The respective front fog lamp goes out Interior lighting in the front P82 00 2378 31 1 Left front reading lamp on off 2 Rear interior lighting on off 3 Automatic control on off 4 Front interior lighting on off Right front reading lamp on off 6 Ambient lighting 7 Interior lighting Right front reading lamp 9 Left front reading lamp The controls are located in the overhead control panel Leaving an interior lamp switch in the ON position for extended periods of time with the engine
417. teen yaneeate 282 headlamp cleaning system 300 FIV GFODIAIING ocsssccsoutctecnsetestiesinonens 283 Tires and wheels cccccsccceeesseeeees 301 TIPOTRACTIOR sssavendscananonncanesieveniteneans 284 Important guidelines 06 301 Tire speed rating ccceeeeeeceeee eee 284 Tire care and maintenance 302 Winter driving instructions 285 Direction of rotation 304 Standing water eeeeesssssssss 287 Loading the vehicle 0 304 Passenger compartment 287 Recommended tire inflation Driving a Brodde 287 DIFOSSULC cceecesscceseeceseeceseeesseeees 311 Control and operation of radio Checking tire inflation pressure 313 TANI SIMILUG Ez csesscastcaeteaacesysaesnosewsiaes 287 MOExtended SYStEM ooeec 321 Catalytic converter 288 Tire labeling cesssssseccceeeeeeees 322 Emission Control seeeeeeeees 289 Load identification 0 326 Coolant temperature 64 289 DOT Tire Identification Number E T eee ee pene errr eee 327 Maximum tire load ccccceeeees 328 Maximum tire inflation pressure 329 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles 329 Tire ply material ceeecceeee eee 331 Tire and loading terminology 332 Rotating tires ccceccccssseeeeeeeees 335 Winter driving ccceseccccssssecreseees 336 Winter tires cccccsess
418. ter e Adjusting instrument cluster illumination e Confirming new time settings Page 355 355 360 358 146 144 162 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Item Page Multifunction display in 147 Menu systems speedometer Press button Operating control system 148 for next menu 2 Selecting the submenu or for previous menu setting the volume Moving within a menu Press button 2 Press button up to increase BAG for next display E down to decrease 3 Telephone Press button to take a call to dial a call to end a call to reject an incoming call B for previous display Y Center console Upper part Item 4 zone automatic climate control COMAND system see sepa rate operating instructions Seat heating front passen ger side Seat ventilation front pas senger side Electronic Stability Program ESP control switch Central locking switch Page 196 128 130 88 Ze At a glance Center console Item Page Opening closing button for 252 storage tray or CD chang er see separate operating instructions Rear seat head restraints 124 switch folding down Rear window sunshade 88 switch Seat heating drivers side 128 Seat ventilation driver s 130 side Hazard warning flasher 140 switch Front passenger front 78 air bag off indicator lamp At a glance Center console Lower part
419. tes gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Check tires that the pressure Is too low in one or abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Ob more tires serve the traffic situation around you gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 313 If necessary change the wheel gt page 423 Reactivate the Run Flat Indicator after adjust ing the tire inflation pressure values gt page 315 Display messages Tire pressure displayed only after driving a few minutes Tire pres monitor currently unavailable Tire pres monitor inoperative Possible cause consequence The tire inflation pressure is being checked The Advanced TPMS is unable to monitor the tire pressure due to e anearby radio interference source e excessive wheel sensor temper atures The Advanced TPMS is malfunctioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes gt As soon as the causes for the malfunction are no longer present the Advanced TPMS auto matically becomes active again after a few minutes driving gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display messages Tire pres monitor inoperative No wheel sensors Tire pres monitor Wheel sensor missing Possible cause consequence Possible solution There are wheels without wheel sen gt Have t
420. th the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Placing head restraints upright P91 12 2730 31 Pull the head restraint forward until it locks into position Make sure the head restraints engage when placing them upright Otherwise their protective function cannot be as sured Controls in detail Seats Lumbar support The curvature of the driver s seat can be adjusted to help enhance lower back sup port and seating comfort bet X we 1 Adjustment lever gt Move adjustment lever Q in the direc tion of arrows until you have reached a comfortable seating position Controls in detail Seats Multicontour seat The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the backrest to provide additional lum bar and side support The seat cushion movement backrest cushion height and curvature can be con tinuously varied with switches on the right side of the seat after turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or press ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice 1 Seat cushion depth 2 Backrest bottom 3 Backrest center 4 Backrest side bolster adjustment gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Seat cushion depth gt Adjust the seat cushi
421. the battery ventilation tube is located on the left or right side of the battery Take out the battery Warning A N Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for infor mation and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Practical hints Battery gt Charge battery in accordance with the Reconnecting the battery instructions of the battery charger e metae The following procedures must be car manufacturer AO E feng tear nee ried out following any interruption of gt Reinstall the charged battery Follow gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter battery power e g due to reconnec the previously described steps in re switch tion verse order gt Connect the positive lead and fasten its e Set the clock gt page 162 H cover see COMAND operator s manual The battery its filler caps and the gt Connect the negative lead e Resynchronize the ESP battery ventilation tube must always be H g
422. the engine is running Make sure the hood is properly closed before driving When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades Pa9 40 2548 31 Hood rel 1 Lever for opening the hood ood release Operation Engine compartment Warning A N If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department Warning A N The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ig nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the engine is turned manually Closing Warning Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 1 ft 30 cm The hood will lock audibly gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Engin
423. the cruise control lever The new speed is set Setting a lower speed gt Depress the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 gt page 223 and hold it down until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will automatically brake the vehicle if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di rection of arrow Q gt page 223 Slower gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di rection of arrow 2 gt page 223 Controls in detail Driving systems Setting to last stored speed Resume function A The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pre set speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others Warning gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever to position 4 gt page 223 The cruise control resume the last set speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds and the corresponding speed ometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illum
424. the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle Do not switch off the ESP when a Minis pare or collapsible tire is mounted e the traction control will still brake a ESP switch To improve the vehicle s traction turn off spinning wheel ae e ete gt Press ESP switch Q until the the ESP in driving situations where it e the ESP continues to operate when ABS ESP warning lam in the would be advantageous to have drive you are braking amp p instrument cluster comes on wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e you cannot activate Distronic The ESP is deactivated e when driving with snow chains When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the e in sand or gravel ABS ESP warning lamp in the speedometer flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle e in deep snow Switching on the ESP Warning 2 A gt Press ESP button Q When the ABS ESP warning lamp is The ABS ESP warning lamp in illuminated continuously the ESP is the instrument cluster goes out switched off ae n You are now again in normal driving Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail mode with ESP switched on ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period
425. the front and rear display This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding sunroof are closed Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment Warning A N Fogged windows impair visibility endanger ing you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning page 209 is activated or press button KA Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Activating Warning gt Press button gt page 198 or S 5 0 A Press and hold button for approx page 199 The indicator lamp on the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside tempera tures and if the concentration of car bon monoxide CO and nitrogen oxide in the outside air increases for exam ple in a tunnel The indicator lamp on button S not lit when the air recirculation mode is automatically switched on A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Never operate the side windows and tilt sliding sunroof if there is the possibilit
426. ting must always be at least half of the GAWR gt page 332 of your vehi cle Otherwise tire failure may be the result Tire load rating gt page 322 and which may cause an accident and or seri Tire speed rating gt page 322 are ous personal injury to you or others also referred to as service descrip tion Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others Tire load rating gt page 322 and Tire speed rating gt page 322 are also referred to as service descrip tion Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h W up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for exam ple 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability
427. tion marker with the or SSH button to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Automatic door lock in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Automatic door lock i on Off jot 149 8 MI P54 32 2088 31 gt Press button or E to switch Automatic door lock on or off Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings menu Use the Convenience sub menu to change the settings for a number of convenience features The following functions are available Function Page 168 169 Activate easy entry exit feature Set parking position for exterior rear view mirror Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deacti vate the easy entry exit feature gt page 42 A You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated Warning To cancel steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering column stalk gt page 42 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 132 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Move the selection marker with the
428. tion of E Prececombinaton lt w tchuirection ATONA L of arrow or The high beam headlamp indicator lamp E in the instrument cluster comes on gt page 138 The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp ell or SM in the instrument cluster flashes gt gt For more information on headlamps see Lighting gt page 134 Getting started Driving gt The combination switch resets automati cally after major steering wheel move ments To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes press combi nation switch only to point of resis tance and release The corresponding turn signals will flash three times Windshield wipers T Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry Dust that accumu lates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry wind shield If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions al ways operate the wipers with wind shield washer fluid gt page 55 The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Switching on windshield wipers a 54277 31 Turn the combination switch to the Combination switch desired position depending on the Single wipe intensity of the rain Wiping with windshield washer fluid O Windshield wipers off 2 Switching on windshield wipers Se PAE Intermittent wiping interval depen gt Switch on the ignition gt
429. to the left up wards from fastening bolts gt Lift luggage box in the area of the fas tening bolts and remove it from trunk Install luggage box Practical hints Where will I find Insert luggage box into trunk so that fastening clips are in line with fastening bolts Push front edge of luggage box in direc tion of arrow under cover of trunk sill Press fastening clips onto fastening bolts until they lock into place Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the driver s door Unlocking the vehicle If you are unable to unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey open the driver s door and the trunk using the mechanical key Unlocking drivers door and or the b gt 2 trunk with the mechanical key will trig ger the anti theft alarm system To can P80 20 2390 31 cel the alarm insert the SmartKey or Q Mechanical key locking tab the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the 2 Mechanical key Unlocking starter switch l eT gt Move locking tab Q in the direction of Insert the mechanical key into the driv the arrow and slide mechanical key 2 er s door lock until it stops out of the housing i gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position Q The driver s door is unlocked Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the trunk gt Insert the mechanical key into the Locking the vehicle trunk lid lock
430. ton or Do not release integrated remote control make sure transmitter button or this button until it has been successful you retain the hand held remote con Do not release the button ly trained While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button 6 for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this se quence on the hand held remote con trol until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training the indicator lamp Q will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete trol that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehi cles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations The indicator lamp Q will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releas ing the signal transmitter button pro ceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Reprogramming a single signal trans _p Select and press the appropriate inte mitter button grated signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal t
431. too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Posi tion shoulder belt across chest and shoul der not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits proper ly without a booster Install child seat according to manufactur er s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached in the right and left side anchors Q An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be re placed Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Safety and Security Occupant safety Blocking of rear door window operation Warning A N Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure them selves e g by becoming trapped in the win dow opening When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO P54 25 4778 31 from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi gt Press override switch Q cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious
432. tor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e press the trunk closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Even with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Trunk emergency release Gp E The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion With the emergency release button the trunk can be opened from inside the trunk The emergency release button is located on the inside of the trunk lid Illumination of the emergency release but ton e The button will flash for
433. ts Seat cushion tilt gt Press the switch up or down in the direction of arrow until your upper legs are lightly supported Backrest tilt gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow 2 until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel Seat height gt Press the switch up or down in the direction of arrow Getting started Adjusting Head restraint tilt Head restraint height Steering wheel gt Press the switch up or down in the direction of arrow Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent k P91 16 2332 31 Manually adjust the angle of the head restraint gt Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possi ble For more information on seats see Seats gt page 124 Warning VAN Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing coul
434. ts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mount ed side impact air bags deactivated then deactivation can be accomplished upon your written request to do so at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags are designed to activate only in certain frontal impacts front air bags side impacts side impact and head protection window curtain air bags which exceed preset thresh olds and in certain rollovers head pro tection window curtain air bags Only during these types of impacts if of sufficient severity to meet the deploy ment thresholds will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passenger should al ways wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to pro vide their supplemental protection In cases of other frontal impacts an gled impacts rollovers other side im pacts rear collisions or other accidents the air bags will not be acti vated The driver and the passenger will then be protected by the fastened seat belts Safety and Security Occupant safety We caution you not to rely on the pres ence of the air bags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Your vehicle was origi
435. tton 2 or Step 11 gt Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a sec ond time to complete the training pro cess 5 Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmit ter button a third time to complete the training process L_ Step 12 gt Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal trans mitter button or Step 13 gt To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following Controls in detail Useful features Step 4 i gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Press and hold the signal transmitter Upon completion of programming the _ Press and hold the desired signal but
436. tton on the gear selector lever once gt page 60 gt Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Open door only when conditions are safe to do so gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Practical hints Flat tire Sealing tires with TIREFIT p CLS 55 AMG with Performance Package only A Keep TIREFIT away from sparks open flame or heat source Warning Do not smoke Small tire punctures particularly those in the tread can be sealed with TIREFIT TIREFIT can be used in ambient tempera tures down to 4 F 20 C Practical hints Flat tire gt gt Warning TIREFIT is a limited repair device TIREFIT cannot be used for cuts or punctures larger than approximately 0 16 in 4 mm and tire damage caused by driving with extremely low tire inflation pressure or on a flat tire or a damaged wheel Do not drive the vehicle under such circum stances Contact your nearest Mercedes Benz Center for assistance or call Roadside Assistance Foreign objects e g screws or nails should not be removed from the tire Take TIREFIT the sticker and the elec tric air pump out of the trunk Attach the sticker where it will be easily seen by the driver on the instrument cluster A Warning Take car
437. tton or E to set the month Controls in detail Control system Set date day gt vy Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Time Date submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until you see Set date day in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the day setting Set date day O 05 FEJ 2004 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 3092 31 Press button or E to set the day Controls in detail Control system Set date year gt Move the selection marker with the or MSH button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Set date year in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the year setting Set date year 2D 2 05 14 E 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 3093 31 gt Press button or E to set the year Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Set tings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available Function Set daytime running lamp mode USA only Setting locator lighting Setting ambient lighting Setting night security illumina tion Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Page 164 165 166 166 167 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only This function is not available in coun tries where the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode gt Move
438. ty gt Restart the vehicle e the functionality is impaired by or heavy rain or thick fog Distronic becomes operational again without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the grille falls off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface dry ing e the message in the multifunction display dis appears e the speed last stored flashes in the display for 5 seconds You can operate Distronic as usual again Warning A N Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it on if the sensor is dirty or visibility is diminished as a result of snow rain or fog The distance control may be impaired even before the system is able to detect a dirty sensor The message Di rone Currently unavailable See Operator s Manual will be displayed in the multifunction display and Distronic will be turned off Practical hints What to do if Practical hints What to do if Display message ESP Malfunction Visit workshop unavailable See Operator s Manual When synchronizing the ESP make sure you can turn the steering wheel in Possible cause consequence Possible solution The ESP has detected a malfunc Continue driving with added caution tion and switched off gt Have the system checked at an authorized The ABS may not be operational Mercedes Benz Center
439. u can continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and coolant to cool down Apply the brakes immediately to in crease the following distance Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if Problem The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning chime sound The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on while driving The red seat belt telltale comes on fora brief period after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on and a warning chime sounds for approximately six seconds af ter starting the engine Possible cause consequence Suggested solution e You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle gt Apply the brakes immediately ahead of you gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle The distance warning system has recog nized a stationary obstacle on your prob able line of travel The fuel level has gone below the reserve gt Refuel at the next gas station mark gt page 290 The seat belt telltale reminds you and your gt Fasten your seat belts passengers to fasten your seat belts before The telltale goes out driving off
440. ual program mode M appears in the multifunction display The transmission switches to the manual program mode M Automatic shifting is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever is in position D You can upshift or downshift through the gears in Succession The manual program mode M will not be stored When the engine is turned off with the manual program mode M selected the transmission will go to the automatic program mode C or S when the engine is restarted Upshifting B In the manual program mode M the transmission will not upshift even if the engine has reached its overrevving range Shift up to the next gear before the engine has reached its overrevving range Make absolutely certain that the engine speed does not reach the red marking on the tachometer gt page 24 Otherwise the engine could be damaged which Is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt or gt Controls in detail Automatic transmission Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction Briefly press button Q on the right side of the steering wheel gt page 186 The transmission shifts to the next higher gear If instead of the manual program mode symbol M the symbol appears in the multifunction display gt page 177 shift to the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be interrupted to prevent th
441. uel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure Be sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehi cle condition If such information is provid ed it can be found on the placard located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Tire inflation pressure changes by approxi mately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Checking tire inflation pressure Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than 3 hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 bar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation pressure Otherwise the t
442. uld only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturers maintenance recom mendation included with vehicle The following pages also list the ap proved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicles with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equip ment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depending on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle Appearance Package Sport Package etc equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your ve hicle model may also require the pur chase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more infor mation Same size tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset front axle Wheel offset rear axle Summer tires Winter tires Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment Winter tires on rims with different wheel offset front vs rear cannot be rotated CLS 500 8 5 Jx 18 H2 1 38 in 28 mm 0 7 1 in 18 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S Technical data Rims and tires Technical data Rims and tires CLS 500 Sport Package CLS 55 AMG Rims light alloy 8 5 Jx 18 H2 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires Winter tires 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra
443. until you see the first function of the trip computer menu Press button EN or Keg repeatedly until you see Range in the multifunc tion display In the multifunction display you will see the calculated range based on the cur rent fuel tank level ange 163M1 72 F 149 3 MI P54 32 2094 31 TEL menu Warning A N A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the tele phone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the tele phone when weather road and traffic condi tions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the Tel menu to operate your telephone provided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt S
444. up holder into opening Make sure that the cup holder is cor rectly positioned in the guide while you are reinstalling it Otherwise the cup holder can be damaged gt Press mark on cup holder and press cup holder downward until it engages Cup holder in the rear center console A a v on as aia a 1 Cover gt Slide cover Q forward Removing cup holder The cup holder can be removed for cleaning Clean the cup holder with clear lukewarm water 1 Cup holder 2 Locking pin gt Move pin 2 in direction of arrow to un lock the cup holder gt With the cup holder unlocked take cup holder Q out upwards Reinstalling cup holder gt Insert cup holder Q gt Move pin 2 against direction of arrow to lock the cup holder Cup holder in the rear seat armrest m 2 a m ail r F Ae i EV wit a r k gt Briefly press the front of the rear arm rest The cup holder extends automatically Ashtrays 2 Sliding button Opening ashtray gt Briefly press the marking on the bot tom of cover Q The ashtray opens automatically Controls in detail Useful features Removing ashtray insert Warning A N Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still Set the parking brake to secure vehicle from movement Move gear selector lever to position N With gear selec tor lever in position N turn off the engine gt Secure
445. upants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity Your vehicle is equipped with either placard Example A or placard Example B located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 305 Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Seating data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illus trations below Refer to placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle TIRE AND LOAG SEATING CAPACITY The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE Se COLD TIRE PRESSURE EPOST hi REAR P195 70RI4 2O0KPA 2973 ADDITIONAL seve rs7oois zove oorst Bll P40 00 2063 31 Placard Example A 1 Seating capacity VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHI LE CAPACITY WEIGHT KG IBLBS SEATING CAPACITY as o COLD TIRE PRESSURE Placard Example B 1 Seating capacity Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example A gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example B gt Locate the headin
446. usly and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assis tance call e g the relevant cellular phone network was not available The message Call failed appears in the multifunction display Roadside Assistance calls can be terminated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel or the END Button on the COMAND System Information button The Information button is located below the center armrest cover gt Open the storage compartment under the center armrest gt page 252 gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting call will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message Call connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing NAVI button on the COMAND System A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products
447. val of the ski sack we recom l Four hooks are located in the trunk mend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all hooks with rope of suf ficient strength to hold down the cargo Warning A N amp 8 Always follow loading instructions Never drive vehicle with trunk open while gt page 247 the ski sack is removed Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death o To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk always close the cover Controls in detail Useful features Y Useful features Storage compartments Glove box Opening and closing the glove box Warning A N To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put lug gage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the shelf gt Press glove box lid release 3 to open The glove box lid opens downward gt Push lid up to close Locking and unlocking the glove box gt Insert mechanical key gt page 402 into the glove box lock P68 00 3852 gt Turn the mechanical key to position SEIN ENS Fehr TLE G Unlocked to lock or to position to unlock the Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy 2 Locked glove box objects 3 Glove box lid release Keep
448. ve tire repaired or replaced Recommended duration of use 300 miles 500 km at 50 mph 80 km h with the recommended tire inflation pres sure Warning A N Follow recommend inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout be cause they are more likely to become punc tured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicat ed by the label on the pillar in the driver s door opening Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to obtain a new TIREFIT kit gt Bring used TIREFIT materials to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper disposal Warning Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instru ment cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt Replace your TIREFIT container every 4 years Replacement containers are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Flat tire Mounting the spare w
449. vehicle to deacti vate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occu pants If you sell your vehicle you are responsible to make the buyer aware of these points Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manu al Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact air bags there is a possibility for a side impact air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed 2 Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant or toddler restraint or boost er seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 3 Always wear seat bel
450. ving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt Air bags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the v
451. ving safety systems Anti theft systems Safety and Security Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most im portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Emergency tensioning device e Air bags e Child seats e Child seat recognition e Lower anchors and tethers for children LATCH As independent systems their protective effects work in conjunction with each oth er For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 75 The EGS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e for about 4 seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once e for about 4 seconds when you start the engine by turning the SmartKey or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button The H indicator lamp comes on and remains lit if the SmartKey is turned to position 2 and left there or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed twice The indicator lamp will go out when you start the engine The restraint systems are fully operational if the indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been detected if the EGS indicator lamp e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds e does not come on at all e
452. w to release it 2 Hole 3 Crank gt Take crank 3 out of the glove box gt Insert crank through hole 2 gt Turn crank clockwise to e slide roof panel sunroof closed e raise roof panel sunroof at the rear gt Turn crank 3 counterclockwise to e slide roof panel sunroof open e lower roof panel sunroof at the rear Turn crank slowly and smoothly The tilt sliding sunroof must be syn chronized after being operated manually gt page 221 Practical hints Resetting activated head restraints Y Resetting activated head restraints If the active head restraint have been trig m _ gered in an accident the head restraints must be reset Otherwise active head re straint cannot offer any additional protec tion in the event of another rear end collision For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by J an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Take the reset tool out of the You will find the reset tool for manually Mercedes Benz vehicle literature operating the head restraints in the pouch Mercedes Benz vehicle literature gt Guide reset tool into center of head re pouch straint between head restraint cushion and rear head restraint cover T Be careful not to damage upholstery gt Press reset tool forward in direction of arrow gt Press reset tool downward until you hear the head restraint release mechanism audibly engage
453. will now be dis played in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messag es in the multifunction display gt page 363 Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunc tion display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch The vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 You will then only see high priority messages in the multifunc tion display gt page 363 Settings menu In the Settings menu there are two func tions The function To reset Press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings A collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu is seen in the multifunction display Settings To reset Press reset button for 3 seconds 72 F 149 8 MI P54 _32 2079 31 Controls in detail Control system Resetting all settings You can reset all the functions of all sub menus to the factory settings gt Press the reset button in the instru ment cluster gt page 24 for approxi mately 3 seconds In the multifunction display you will see the request to press the reset button a
454. witch onthe telephone and COMAND gt Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until you see the Tel menu in the multifunction dis play Which messages will appear in the multi function display depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off e If the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is PHONE off e If the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the multi function display is empty As soon as the telephone has found a network READY appears in the multi function display Tel READY 72 F 149 8 MI P54 92 2586 31 This standby message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can operate it using the control system Controls in detail Control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunction display you will then see the message Tel 2 CALL 1 72 F 149 8 MI gt Press button F You have answered the call In the mul tifunction display you see the length of the call If you do not wish to accept a call press button N P54 32 2592 31 Controls in detail Control system Ending a call gt Press button Fam You have ended the call In the multi function display you will again see the standby message Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone is ready to receive ca
455. with lug wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit cover and snap into place P88 20 2641 31 2 Cover on right side of rear bumper Vv Fuses Fuses are designed to protect the electri cal circuits in your vehicle from a short cir cuit If a fuse is blown the component s and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating The following aids are available to help you replace fuses gt page 441 e Fuse chart e Spare fuses e Fuse extractor AN Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question Using other fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire or and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Warning Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Keep the fuse boxes free by contermi nation and wetness Otherwise electri cal parts or systems could be damaged The electrical fuses are located in different fuse boxes e Main fuse box in passenger compart ment gt page 442 e Fuse box in trunk gt page 442 Practical hints Fuses Aids for replacing fuses Fuse chart The fuse chart is located in the fuse box in the passenger compartment gt page 442 The amperages of the fuses are also given there Spare fuses Spare fuses are located in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 399 Fuse extractor The fuse extractor is
456. with your back against the seat back rest b gt b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward still permitting proper opera tion of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 in 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combina tion of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any prob lems please see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms in side the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the side air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the air bag be triggered Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and appropriate size infant or child restraint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the
457. workshop Possible cause consequence The Airmatic is malfunctioning The system display or the system is mal functioning The system is functional only to a limited extent The system display or the system is mal functioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution Avoid excessive steering input The fend er or tires could otherwise be damaged Listen for scraping noises Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Drive to the side of the road and se lect a higher vehicle level gt page 239 Depending on the type of malfunction this may raise the ve hicle s level There is otherwise danger of an accident gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Where will I find First aid kit TIREFIT Spare wheel The first aid kit is in the storage compart The TIREFIT kit is located under the trunk The spare wheel is located under the trunk ment at the front edge of the front passen floor floor ser aa gt Lift the trunk floor and engage the han gt Lift the trunk floor and engage the han dle in the upper edge of trunk dle in the upper edge of trunk gt Remove the luggage box gt page 401 ia S s PAg k Ti F ir r s i 1 Tab gt Pu
458. y of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential dan ger Vehicles with tilt sliding sunroof The clos ing of the side windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the respective window switch The closing of the tilt slid ing sunroof can be immediately halted by moving the switch for the tilt sliding sun roof in any direction The closing of the side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof can be reversed by again pressing and holding the button imately 2 seconds The side windows and tilt sliding sunroof will close You can release button once the clos ing procedure has begun The windows and tilt sliding sunroof continue clos ing until they are fully closed Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Deactivating gt Press button gt page 198 or gt page 199 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out The air recirculation mode is deactivat ed automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside tem perature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air condition ing is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside tem perature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Press and hold button for approx imately 2 seconds The side windows and or tilt sliding sunroof will return to their previous position You can re lease button once the opening procedure has begun The windows and t
459. y further Depress brake emergency operation mode Consider Stop the vehicle in a safe location and pedal fully ably greater brake pedal force is required e notify an authorized Mercedes Benz and the stopping distance is increased Genter Me Maximum speed iSimitea to 55MM prevent the vehicle from rolling away 7 anny W by blocking the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizable objects gt Call for Roadside Assistance USA only Reduced braking power The battery has insufficient voltage and Start the engine Start engine cannot supply sufficient power to the The message disappears when suffi Canada only electro hydraulic brake system cient voltage is available O Practical hints What to do if Display symbol USA only BRAKE Canada only Display messages Reduced braking power Visit workshop Service brake Visit workshop Brake overheated Drive on but with even greater care Possible cause consequence The electro hydraulic brake system Is in emergency operation mode Consider able brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance Is increased There are malfunctions but the electro hydraulic brake system is operat ing normally The brake system is overheated due to an excessive load on the brakes Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz
460. your vehicle stated on the vehicle s placard gt page 305 Operation Tires and wheels Example Combined Numberof Seating Occupants weight Combined Available cargo luggage and trailer weight limit occupants configura weight of all tongue weight total load limit or of occu driver and tion occupants vehicle capacity weight from plac pants and passengers ard minus combined weight of all cargo from occupants placard 1 1500 4 front 2 Occupant 1 150 lbs 630 Ibs 1500 Ibs 630 Ibs 870 lbs Occupant 2 180 lbs rear 2 Occupant 3 160 lbs Occupant 4 140 lbs 2 1500 3 front 1 Occupant 1 200 lbs 540 Ibs 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs rear 2 Occupant 2 190 lbs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 3 1500 1 front 1 Occupant 1 150 lbs 150 Ibs 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 310 Operation Tires and wheels Certification label Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 310 as to not exceed the permis sible load limit you must make sure that your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehi cle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the Certification la bel The Certification Label can be f

Mercedes Benz 2006 CLS 500 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents